50VEXTA

Speed Control Systems

Introduction
B
BX Series ............................................... B-10 FBL@ Series .......................................... B-34 AXU Series ............................................ B-46 AXH Series ........................................... B-58 BHF Series ............................................. B-70
Introduction
Features of Speed Control Systems .................. B-2 Product Line of Speed Control Systems ............ B-4 Speed Control Systems Selection Guide ........... B-6 How to Read Specifications and SpeedTorque Characteristics .................... B-7
AC Input Brushless DC Motor Systems
BX Brushless DC Motor Systems DC Input AC Input FBL2 AXU AXH
DC Input
BHF AC Motor Systems
AC Motor Systems
ES01/ES02 ............................................ B-86
ES
US Series ............................................. B-116
US Before Using a Speed Control System
Before Using a Speed Control System ...................... ................................................................ B-131
ORIENTAL MOTOR GENERAL CATALOG 2003/2004
B-1
150 120 Input [W] 90 60
Torque
3.07 in. 78 mm
3.54 (90)
5.31 (135)
2.56 (65)
1.50 (38)
B-2
3.54 (90)
Features of Speed Control Systems

Speed Control Systems allow you to easily set and adjust the speed of a motor. The control system consists of a speed feedback system, a motor, a driver (or a speed control pack) and a speed setting device. The motor for the speed control system is either a Brushless DC Motor or a standard AC Motor.
Brushless DC Motor Systems

Energy-Saving
These units use brushless DC motors. Since the efficiency is higher than for an inverter-driven three-phase motor, the electricity consumption is greatly reduced. This contributes to energy savings for the factory.
AXU Series 90 W
Flat Torque Characteristics

The brushless motor and driver package outputs a constant torque from low speed to high speed. Unlike an AC speed control motor, the torque does not drop in the low-speed region. Limited Duty Region
Loss reduced by 50% Power consumption reduced by 30%
Rated Torque
Continuous Duty Region
60
30
Loss
1000
2000
3000
90
30 0 Brushless DC Motors
90
Output
Speed [r/min]
AC Motors Controlled by an Inverter
Small, High Power and Compact

The use of a brushless DC motor enables a smaller and more powerful motor than an AC speed control motor. This product will save space and enables downsizing. AXU Series outputs 90 W (1/8 HP) with 3.54 in. (90 mm), 2.24 in. (57 mm) length.
Brushless DC Motors 2.24 2.56 1.50 (57) (65) (38)
Wide Variable Speed Range

In addition to feedback control, this system was designed to achieve a speed range of 33000 r/min (speed ratio 1:1000) in comparison to a speed range of 2002400 r/min (speed ratio 1:12) by inverter controlled AC motors.
Using the BX Series with optional OPX-1A control module.
Low-Speed
High-Speed
AC Motors Controlled by an Inverter

Introduction BX
AC Motor Systems
Oriental Motor offers three different series of AC speed control as shown below. Select the best system depending upon your application. Multiple functions, 200 W (1/4 HP) speed control system with conformance to global power supply voltages BHF Series Compact speed controller ES01/ ES02 Easy connection, easy handling US Series
BHF FBL2 AXU
Brushless DC Motor Systems AC Input DC Input
BHF Series
AXH
AC Motor Systems
Electronic-Input Control
For brushless motor and driver packages and the BHF Series of AC Motor Systems, electronic-input control is possible. The motor can be connected directly to a programmable controller. As the motor requires no power relays, there is no need for periodic service or replacement of relays. This makes the machine highly reliable. Moreover, the time required to set up the motor is greatly reduced. Removing the relays eliminates the spark noise during opening and closing of the relay contact points.
ES01/ES02
ES US Before Using a Speed Control System
US Series
B-3
B-4
Product Line of Speed Control Systems

AC Input BX Series Page B-10
Variable Speed Range: 303000 r/min with OPX-1A (optional): 33000 r/min Output Power: 30 W, 60 W, 120 W, 200 W, 400 W (1/25 HP, 1/12 HP, 1/6 HP, 1/4 HP, 1/2 HP) Speed Regulation: 0.05% Max. (Relative to load, with optional OPX-1A) Features High performance and functionality Brushless DC Motor system High-Output Power 200 W, 400 W types. Electromagnetic brake type is also available. Electromagnetic brake types allow for vertical applications. Combined with the OPX-1A (sold separately), it is possible to obtain advanced speed control, torque limiting functionality and position control. This product conforms to most global safety standards
BX Series
FBL@ Series
Page B-34
Variable Speed Range: 3003000 r/min Output Power: 75 W, 120 W (1/10 HP, 1/6 HP) Speed Regulation: 1% Max. (Relative to load) Features Slim and powerful Brushless DC Motor and driver system. The combination type with a dedicated high-strength gearhead This product conforms to most global safety standards.
FBL@ Series
AXU Series
Page B-46
Variable Speed Range: 1002000 r/min Output Power: 10 W, 25 W, 40 W, 90 W (1/75 HP, 1/30 HP, 1/19 HP, 1/8 HP) Speed Regulation: 2% Max. (Relative to load) Features Thin and compact Brushless DC Motor and Control Unit package. The motor and the control unit can be connected easily through the connector. When setting the speed, all you have to do is adjust the potentiometer on the front surface of the control unit. This product conforms to most global safety standards. Run/Stop, rotation direction, and instantaneous stop can be controlled with external signals.
AXU Series
DC Input AXH Series
Page B-58
Variable Speed Range: 1003000 r/min Output Power: 15 W, 30 W, 50 W, 100 W (1/50 HP, 1/25 HP, 1/15 HP, 1/8 HP) Speed Regulation: 1% Max. (Relative to load) Features Thin and powerful Brushless DC Motor and driver system. Compact circuit-board type driver (as small as a business card) This product conforms to most global safety standards.
AXH Series
AC Motor Systems
BHF Series
Page B-70
Variable Speed Range: 1002400 r/min Output Power: 200 W (1/4 HP) Features With a dedicated inverter, the BHF Series achieves speed stability with a fluctuation of only 3%. The inverter is already optimized for use with the gearmotor, so detailed adjustments are not required. Enables automatic on/off control of the electromagnetic brake on the inverter side, which allows for vertical applications. Motor and gearhead come pre-assembled. Wide product variation such as a right-angle shaft (hollow shaft, solid shaft) and a parallel shaft.
Introduction BX Brushless DC Motor Systems AC Input DC Input
BHF Series
FBL2 AXU
Speed Controller ES01/ES02 Page B-86

Variable Speed Range: 60 Hz 901600 r/min, 50 Hz 901400 r/min Output Power: World K Series 6 W, 15 W, 25 W, 40 W, 60 W (1/125 HP, 1/50 HP, 1/30 HP, 1/19 HP, 1/12 HP), V Series 6W, 15 W, 25 W, 40 W, 60 W, 90 W (1/125 HP, 1/50 HP, 1/30 HP, 1/19 HP, 1/12 HP, 1/8 HP)
ES01/ES02
AXH BHF ES US
AC Motor Systems
Features Designed for ultimate ease of use of functions and operations. Enables multi-functions within the controller, such as speed control, immediate stopping and smooth start and stop.
Before Using a Speed Control System
US Series
Page B-116
Variable Speed Range: 60 Hz 901600 r/min, 50 Hz 901400 r/min Output Power: Induction Motor 6W, 15 W, 25 W, 40 W, 60 W, 90 W (1/125 HP, 1/50 HP, 1/30 HP, 1/19 HP, 1/12 HP, 1/8 HP) Features Unit consists of a compact control unit with a dedicated motor (component type). One-step connectors make for easy wiring. This product conforms to most global safety standards.
US Series
B-5
B-6
Speed Control Systems Selection Guide

There are many different characteristics and functions to consider when selecting a speed control system.
Selection by Speed Control Range

The speed control ranges shown below are for motors only. When adding a gearhead, refer to the page number for the appropriate series as indicated below.
Model Brushless DC Motor Systems AC Motor Systems Motor Systems Systems
Brushless DC Motor Systems AC Motor Systems
Page BX Series B-10 B-34 B-46 B-58 B-70 B-86 B-116

(3 r/min) 30 r/min
Speed Control Range

3000 r/min
303000 r/min (33000 r/min) 3003000 r/min 1002000 r/min
AC Power Input
FBL@ Series AXU Series
300 r/min
3000 r/min
100 r/min
2000 r/min
DC Power Input AC Power Input
AXH Series BHF Series ES01/ES02 US Series
100 r/min
3000 r/min
1003000 r/min 1002400 r/min 901600 r/min (60 Hz) 901400 r/min (50 Hz)
100 r/min
2400 r/min
90 r/min
1600 r/min
With the BX Series and OPX-1A (sold separately), speed range increases to 33000 r/min.
Selection by Speed Setting

Setting Method Model AC Power Input DC Power Input AC Power Input BX Series FBL@ Series AXU Series AXH Series BHF Series ES01/ES02 US Series Brushless DC AC Motor Potentiometer Control External DC Voltage Digital Control
OPX-1A is required.
Speed Control System Function Comparison

Series BX Series
(Single-Phase 100-115 VAC, Single-Phase 200-230 VAC, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC)
Page
Slow Start/ Instantaneous Electronic Input Stop Slow Down Control 3
Alarm Output
Multiple Speed Operation 8-speed1 2-speed2
Load Holding
Torque Limiting 1
Digital Safety Speed Indicator Standards 1 OP OP
B-10 B-34 B-46 B-58 B-70 B-86 B-116
AC FBL@ Series Power Input (Single-Phase 100-115 VAC, Single-Phase 200-230 VAC,
Three-Phase 200-230 VAC)
AXU Series
DC AXH Series Power Input (24 VDC) BHF Series

2-speed2 2-speed2 2-speed2
OP OP OP OP
AC ES01/ES02 Power Input (Single-Phase 100-115 VAC, Single-Phase 200-230 VAC) US Series
(Single-Phase 110-115 VAC, Single-Phase 220-230 VAC)
1 Possible when used with the OPX-1A (sold separately). 2 Possible by switching between the internal/external potentiometer. 3 No instantaneous stop function, however possible to stop within 0.1 second by speed setting. OP: Possible by using with Motor Speed Indicator, SDM496 (sold separately).
How to Read Specifications and SpeedTorque Characteristics

Shown below is an explanation of how to read some important specifications for Speed Control Motors.
Brushless DC Motor Systems How to Read Specifications

Model Pinion Shaft Type Round Shaft Type HP (W) Single-Phase
Introduction
AXU210A-GN AXU210C-GN AXU210S-GN AXU425A-GN AXU425C-GN AXU425S-GN AXU210A-A AXU210C-A

1/75 (10) Single-Phase
AXU210S-A
Three-Phase
AXU425A-A
Single-Phase
AXU425C-A
AXU425S-A
Three-Phase
Rated Output Power

Voltage Power Source Frequency Rated Input Current
BX Brushless DC Motor Systems AC Input DC Input
100-115 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10% 100-115 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10% 50/60 Hz
FBL2
0.7 0.9
0.4 0.6 7.1 (0.05) 8.5 (0.06) 2.7 (0.5)
0.25 0.4
1.1 1.5
0.65 0.9 17.7 (0.125) 21 (0.15) 9.8 (1.8)
0.4 0.7
Maximum Input Current A Rated Torque oz-in (Nm) Starting Torque oz-in (Nm) Permissible Load Inertia J oz-in2 (10-4 kgm2) Rated Speed r/min Variable Speed Range r/min
Speed Regulation Load Voltage Temperature
AXU
2000 1002000 (speed ratio 20:1) 2% Max. (0rated torque, at rated speed) 1% Max. (power supply voltage 10 %, at rated speed with no load) 1% Max. (32F104F [0C40C] at rated speed with no load)
AXH BHF
Rated output power: This refers to, with the combination of motor and driver (control unit), the amount of work that can be performed by a motor in a given period of time. It also expresses the maximum output that can be produced continuously. Maximum input current: This refers to, with the combination of motor and driver (control unit), the maximum current sent into the driver (control unit). Rated torque: This refers to, with the combination of motor and driver (control unit), the maximum torque created when they are in continuous operation. Starting torque: This refers to, with the combination of motor and driver (control unit), the limit of torque that can be generated instantaneously. Permissible load inertia: This refers to, with the combination of motor and driver (control unit), the maximum load inertia that can be driven. The permissible load specified here is applicable only to round shaft type. Rated speed: This refers to, with the combination of motor and driver (control unit), the maximum (limit) speed. It is the speed at rated output. For AXH series, the maximum speed is the limit of speed. Variable speed range: This refers to, with the combination of motor and driver (control unit), the range of variable speed. Speed regulation: This shows how much the speed is affected by the change in load, voltage and temperature.
AC Motor Systems
Permissible Overhung Load and Permissible Thrust Load for Motors

Similar to Standard AC Motors. Refer to How to Read Specifications for Standard AC Motors. Page A-7
[Nm]
How to Read SpeedTorque Characteristics
[oz-in]
Continuous Duty Region: This refers to the region where a motor can be operated continuously. The area is also used for the frictional load torque at the sliding portion of equipment. Limited Duty Region: This refers to the region which can be used for a short period of time. If operated for more than about 5 seconds in the limited duty region, the driver's overload protection function engages and the motor is automatically stopped. This area is also used as the acceleration torque which accelerates the load inertia up to the set speed at motor start-up.
Starting Torque Limited Duty Region
0.5 0.4 Torque 0.3 0.2 0.1 0
70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 0 300 1000 2000 Speed [r/min] 3000 Continuous Duty Region Rated Torque
How to Read Gearhead Specifications
B-7
[mNm]
Safe-Operation Line
300 40 Permissible Torque when 35
Gearhead is Attached
250 30 Torque 200 25 150 100 50 5 0 0 90 500 20 15 10
[oz-in]
B-8
AC Motor Systems How to Read Specifications
Model Pinion Shaft Round Shaft Maximum Output Power HP W 1/30 25
Current A 0.74 0.74
Voltage VAC Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115
Frequency Speed Range Hz 60 60 r/min 901600 901600
Permissible Torque oz-in mNm 1200r/min 28 200 28 200 90r/min 7.1 50 7.1 50
Starting Torque oz-in mNm 14.9 105 14.9 105
Power Consumption W 70 73
T US425-401U US425-001U
Maximum output power: This refers to, with the combination of motor and control pack, the amount of work that can be performed in a given period of time. It also expresses the maximum output that can be produced within the usage limit line on the speed-torque characteristics graph. Speed range: This refers to, with the combination of motor and control pack, the range of variable speed. For Speed Control Motors, the variable speed range varies with the size of load torque. Permissible torque: This refers to, at the most commonly used speeds (1200 r/min, 90 r/min), the maximum torque that can be produced below the safe-operation line or the permissible torque with gearhead attached. Starting torque: This refers to, with the combination of motor and control pack, the size of torque that can be produced instantaneously at motor start-up. Current: This refers to the current sent into the control pack at the maximum output.
Permissible Overhung Load and Permissible Thrust Load for Motors

How to Read SpeedTorque Characteristics

Safe-operation line: The safe-operation line, measured by the motors temperature, indicates its operational limit for continuous usage with the temperature level below the permissible maximum (In case of using a reversible motor, it is measured by 30 minutes operation). Whether the motor can be operated continuously or not, is judged by measuring the temperature of the motor case. When the temperature of the case is below 194F (90C), the motor is capable of continuous operation. Permissible torque when gearhead is attached: When using a gearhead, be aware that it is necessary to operate below the maximum permissible torque. If the actual torque required should exceed the maximum permissible torque, it may cause possible damage to the motor and/or may shorten its life span.
110 VAC 115 VAC
1000 Speed [r/min]
1500 1800 14001600
How to Read Gearhead Specifications

Introduction BX Brushless DC Motor Systems DC Input AC Input AC Motor Systems FBL2 AXU AXH BHF ES US Before Using a Speed Control System
Additional Information
Technical ReferenceF-1 General Information G-1
BX Series B-10 FBL2 SeriesB-34 AXU Series B-46 AXH SeriesB-58

B-9
UL
EN60034-1 EN60034-5 UL508C CSA C22.2 No.14 EN50178
B-10
BX Series
The BX Series brushless DC speed control system offers high performance and simple operation from a compact driver and motor. Combined with the optional OPX-1A control module, the BX Series can also provide excellent position control and torque control capabilities.
Features of the BX Series Standard Model

Wide Speed Range, Flat Torque
The BX Series offers a wide speed range of 30 to 3,000 r/min. Even with load fluctuations, the speed ratio is 1 to 100 without any reduction in torque.
Features of the BX Series with the OPX-1A Control Module

Enhanced Speed Control With up to eight individual speed settings available, the use of the OPX-1A control module increases the speed range of the BX Series to 3 to 3,000 r/min. Monitoring Functionality The OPX-1A displays position, speed and torque data, as well as alarm history. Torque Limiting Functionality With the BX Series, a motor output torque limit can be set using the OPX-1A control module, in both speed control and position control modes.
Constant tension & high-sensitivity torque devices Press Machine
Great Speed Regulation

At mid- and high-level speeds, variations, which lead to performance irregularities, are reduced.
Easy-to-Set Speed Control

Speed may be controlled using either an internal potentiometer, an external potentiometer or an external DC voltage.
Vertical Application Handler

Electromagnetic brake models allow a load to be held in a stationary position. The ON/OFF switch provides easy operation of the brake function.
Additional Functionality
Constant Tension
OPX-1A Control Module
Safety Standards and CE Making

Model Standards Certification Standards CE Marking File No. Body UL UL File No. E208200 BXM230 UL60950 BXM460 CSA C22.2 BXM5120 No.60950 Motor BXM6200 UL1004 BXM6400 CSA C22.2 No. 100
Position Control Mode

No oscillator is needed for the position control mode, which allows for up to six data sets and two Return to Home positions (mechanical and electrical) to be programmed.
Resolution: 0.72/pulse, 500 (p/r)
Continuous Input position data with the OPX-1A
Driver
UL File No. Low Voltage E62327 Directives Conform to EMC EN/IEC Standards Directives UL File No. UL E171462 Conform to EN/IEC Standards
Sensor
Press Start input after setting the control mode
When the system is approved under various safety standards, the model names on the motor and driver nameplates are the approved model names. List of Motor and Driver Combinations Page B-33 Details of Safety Standards Page G-2 The EMC value changes according to the wiring and layout. Therefore, the final EMC level must be checked with the motor/driver incorporated in the equipment.
Features B-10
System Configuration B-11
Specifications B-12
Characteristics B-16
System Configuration
DIN Rail Mounting Plate (Accessories) (Page A-217)
Mounting Brackets (Accessories) (Page A-204)
Flexible Couplings (Accessories) (Page A-208) OPX-1A Control Module (Accessories) Programmable Controller (Not Supplied)
Introduction BX
Combination Type (Pre-assembled Gearmotor)
Extension Cables (Accessories) (Page B-33)
Driver
Brushless DC Motor Systems DC Input AC Input
Regeneration Unit (Accessories) (Page B-33)
FBL2
External Speed Potentiometer (Included) BX Series
AC Power Supply (Not Supplied)
AXU AXH
24 VDC Power Supply 2 (Not Supplied)
1 A flexible extension cable is available for BX Series. It is most suitable for uses where the cable is bent, twisted or rotated. (Page B-33) 2 Required when the drivers built-in power supply is not used.
ES
The system configuration shown is an example. Other combinations are available.

US
Product Number Code
BX 2 30 A M-A
BX Series
Motor Frame Size 2: 2.36 in. sq.(60 mm sq.) 4: 3.15 in. sq.(80 mm sq.) 5: 3.54 in. sq.(90 mm sq.) 6: 4.09 in. sq.(104 mm sq.)
Output Power 30: 30 W (1/25 HP) 60: 60 W (1/12 HP) 120: 120 W (1/6 HP) 200: 200 W (1/4 HP) 400: 400 W (1/2 HP)
Voltage M: Electromagnetic Brake A: Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Blank: Standard Type C: Single-Phase/Three-Phase 200-230 VAC S: Three-Phase 200-230 VAC
Number: Gear Ratio A: Round Shaft
Product Line
Output Power HP 1/25 1/12 1/6 1/4 1/2 W 30 60 120 200 400
Combination Type/Standard
Power Supply Voltage Model Gear Ratio 5200 5200 5200 5200 5200 5200 5200 5200 5200
Combination Type/Electromagnetic Brake

Output Power HP 1/25 1/12 1/6 1/4 1/2 W 30 60 120 200 400 Power Supply Voltage Model Gear Ratio 5200 5200 5200
BX230A- Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC BX230C- BX460A- Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC BX460C- BX5120A- Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC BX5120C- BX6200A- Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC BX6200C- BX6400S- Three-Phase 200-230 VAC
BX230AM- Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC BX230CM- BX460AM- Single-Phase 100-115 VAC
5200 Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC BX460CM- BX5120AM- 5200 Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC BX5120CM- 5200 BX6200AM- 5200 Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC BX6200CM- BX6400SM- Three-Phase 200-230 VAC 5200 5200
Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name.
Dimensions B-17
Connection and Operation B-24
Motor and Driver Combinations B-33
B-11
B-12
Product Line
Output Power HP 1/25 1/12 1/6 1/4 1/2 W 30 60 120 200 400
Round Shaft Type/Standard

Power Supply Voltage Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Three-Phase, 200-230 VAC Model BX230A-A BX230C-A BX460A-A BX460C-A BX5120A-A BX5120C-A BX6200A-A BX6200C-A BX6400S-A
Round Shaft Type/Electromagnetic Brake

Output Power HP 1/25 1/12 1/6 1/4 1/2 W 30 60 120 200 400 Power Supply Voltage Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Model BX230AM-A BX230CM-A BX460AM-A BX460CM-A BX5120AM-A BX5120CM-A BX6200AM-A BX6200CM-A BX6400SM-A
Specifications
Combination Type/ Standard Combination Type/ Electromagnetic Brake Model Round Shaft Type/ Standard Round Shaft Type/ Electromagnetic Brake Rated Output Rated Speed Rated Torque Peak Torque 1 Rotor Inertia J Permissible Load Inertia J Power Source (Voltage, Frequency) Rated Input Current Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase 200-230 VAC Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase 200-230 VAC Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase 200-230 VAC Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase 200-230 VAC Three-Phase 200-230 VAC HP (W) r/min oz-in (Nm) oz-in (Nm) oz-in 2 (kgm2) oz-in (kgm )
2 2
BX230A- BX230C- BX230AM- BX230CM- BX230A-A BX230C-A BX230AM-A BX230CM-A

1/25 (30) 14.2 (0.1) 28 (0.2)

1/12 (60) 28 (0.2) 56 (0.4)

1/6 (120) 3000 56 (0.4) 113 (0.8) 3.4 (0.625104)
4

1/4 (200) 92 (0.65) 184 (1.3) 3.6 (0.66104)
4
UC
/ / BX6400S- / / BX6400SM- / / BX6400S-A / / BX6400SM-A
1/2 (400) 184 (1.3) 220 (1.6): Combination Type 360 (2.6): Round Shaft Type 3.6 (0.66104) 95 (17.5104)
0.48 (0.088104) 1.06 (0.194104) 8.2 (1.510 )

4 4
110-115 VAC Specifications 200-230 VAC Specifications Single-Phase 110-115 VAC A Single-Phase 200-230 VAC A Three-Phase 200-230 VAC A Single-Phase 110-115 VAC A Single-Phase 200-230 VAC A Three-Phase 200-230 VAC A 1.4 0.8 0.5 2.4 1.6 0.8
16.4 (3.010 ) 32 (6.010 ) 54 (1010 ) Single-Phase 110-115 VAC 15%10% 50/60 Hz 2.2 1.4 0.7 3.5 2.2 1.2 3.7 2.3 1.1 6.7 4.1 2 4.7 2.8 1.7 9 5.3 3.2
Single-Phase or Three-Phase 200-230 VAC (BX6400: Three-Phase 200-230 VAC) 15%10% 50/60 Hz
/ /
2.8
/ /
3.2: Combination Type 4.4: Round Shaft Type
Maximum Input Current
Electromagnetic Brake2 Motor Heat Sink 3 (Material: Aluminum)
Brake Type Static Friction Torque oz-in(Nm) Frame Size: in sq. (mm sq.) Thickness: in sq. (mm sq.)
Active when the power is off, automatically controlled by the driver 14.2 (0.1) 28 (0.2) 56 (0.4) 92 (0.65) 184 (1.3) 4.53 (115)4.53 (115) 5.31 (135)5.31 (135) 6.50 (165)6.50 (165) 7.87 (200)7.87 (200) 9.84 (250)9.84 (250) 0.20 (5) 0.20 (5) 0.20 (5) 0.20 (5) 0.24 (6)
1 The peak torque can be used for a maximum duration of approximately 5 seconds at 2000 r/min or less. 2 Electromagnetic brakes are for holding the position when the power is off. They cannot be used for complicated braking. 3 When the motor is used for continuous operation at rated conditions, it should be mounted to a heat sink having a heat radiation power equal to or greater than the heat sink of the size shown. Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name.
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
Speed Control Mode Specifications

BX Series Standard Variable Speed Range (r/min) 303000 (Analog speed setting) Shared by all data index operations. Internal potentiometer with analog setting: 0.115 sec. BX Series with optional OPX-1A control module 303000 (Analog speed setting) 33000 (Digital speed setting resolution 1 r/min) Preset Acceleration/Deceleration time is shared by all data index operations by one of the following: Internal potentiometer with analog setting (0.115 sec.) Digital setting (030 sec. Setting resolution: 0.001 sec.) 8 by one of the following: Analog two-step speed setting + digital six-step speed setting Digital eight-step speed setting Digital speed setting Internal potentiometer External analog input External potentiometer (20 k, 1/4 W) or External DC Voltage, 05 VDC (input impedance: 15 k) 0.05 % Max. (0rated torque at 3000 r/min) 0.05 % Max. (Power supply input voltage range at 3000 r/min with no load) Analog speed setting: 0.5% Max. (32F122F [0C50C] at 3000 r/min with no load) Digital speed setting: 0.05% Max. (32F122F [0C50C] at 3000 r/min with no load)
Acceleration/Deceleration Time (at 3000 r/min)
Introduction
Number of Speed Settings
2 by analog two-step speed setting Internal potentiometer External analog input External potentiometer (20k, 1/4W) or External DC Voltage, 05VDC (input impedance: 15k) 0.05 % Max. (0rated torque at 3000 r/min) 0.05 % Max. (Power supply input voltage range at 3000 r/min with no load) 0.5 % Max. (32F122F [0C50C] at 3000 r/min with no load)
BX
Speed Control Method
FBL2
Load Speed Regulation Voltage
AXU
Temperature
AXH
Position Control Mode Specifications (with optional OPX-1A control module)

v Positioning Operation
Number of Position Settings Position Setting Method Resolution Position Control Range Speed Setting
v Continuous Operation
Speed Acceleration/Deceleration Rotation Direction Initial Value
6 (Data No. 05) Incremental (from the current position to relative position) with optional OPX-1A control module 1 step 0.72, 500 (P/R) 8,388,6088,388,607 steps (Data No.05) By one of the following: Analog two-step speed settingdigital fourstep speed setting Digital six-step speed setting Digital speed setting (Data No.05) Internal potentiometer External analog input External potentiometer (20 k, 1/4 W) or External DC Voltage, 05 VDC (input impedance: 15 k) Preset Acceleration/Deceleration time is shared by all data index operations by one of the following: Internal potentiometer with analog setting 0.115 sec. Digital setting 030 sec. Setting resolution: 0.001 sec.
Same setting as in speed control mode. Same setting as in speed control mode.
ES
CW when the position in Data No. 0 or 1 is set to a value of zero or greater; CCW when the position in Data No. 0 or 1 is set to a value of 1 or less. 0 (CW)
US
When using the continuous operation, the number of position settings is reduced from 6 (Data No.05) to 4 (Data No.25)
Acceleration/Deceleration Time (at 3000 r/min)
v Return to Mechanical Home Position

Mechanical Home Position Detection Variable Speed Range Direction of Home Detection Start Acceleration/Deceleration Time 1-sensor method: NC (Normally Closed) 33000 r/min (Digital speed setting; Resolution 1 r/min; Data No.7) Set to CW or CCW Not provided
v Return to Electrical Home Position

Movement Variable Speed Range From the current motor position to the electrical home position 33000 r/min (Digital speed setting; Resolution 1 r/min; Data No.6) Preset Acceleration/Deceleration time is shared by all data index operations by one of the following: Internal potentiometer 0.115 sec. at 3000 r/min. Digital setting 030 sec. at 3000 r/min. Setting resolution 0.001 sec. 8,388,6088,388,607 steps 0
Acceleration/Deceleration Time
Positional Offset Range Initial Offset Value
Dimensions B-17
B-13
B-14
Torque-Limiting Function Specifications (with optional OPX-1A control module)

You can set the motor output torque-limiting value similarly for both the speed control and position control modes.
By one of the following: Digital Common Torque Setting: A torque-limiting value can be set for all data sets (No. 07) in one operation. Digital Independent Torque Setting: A torque-limiting value can be set independently for each data set (No. 07). Analog Common Torque Setting: A torque-limiting value can be set for all data sets (No. 07) in one operation via external analog input. External analog input: External potentiometer (20 k, 1/4 W) or External DC Voltage, 05 VDC (input impedence: 15 k) Assuming that peak (starting) torque is 100 %, torque limiting values can be selected by one of the following: Digital Setting: 1100 % (Resolution 1 %) External Analog Input, 1100 % by: External potentiometer (20 k, 1/4 W) or External DC Voltage, 05 VDC (input impedence: 15 k)
Torque-Limiting Setting Method
Torque-Limiting Setting Range
Common Specifications
Item Motor Insulation Class Control System Speed and Positioning Control Detection System Input Signal Specifications Class A [221 F (105 C)] PWM Control Optical Encoder (500 P/R) Activated by the photocoupler equivalent input resistance of 2.3 k and built-in power supply of 15 VDC. CW (START), CCW (HOME position sensor), M0, M1, M2, BRAKE (ALARM CLEAR), FREE Open Collector Output (current sink output), 4.526.4 VDC ALM, BUSY (TORQUE LIMITING)/ALARM PULSE Output: 40 mA max. SPEED Output: 20 mA max. When the following are activated the alarm signal will be output and the motor will come to a natural stop: Overload Protection, Overvoltage Protection, Excessive Displacement, Overcurrent Protection, Excessive Speed, EEPROM Data Error, Encoder Failure, Low Voltage Protection.
Output Signal
Protection Functions
The input and output signals may function differently when the OPX-1A control module is used.
General Specifications
Item Motor 100 M or more when 500 VDC is applied between the windings and the frame. Driver 100 M or more when 500 VDC is applied between the following places: FramePower Input Terminal Signal Input TerminalPower Input Terminal Sufficient to withstand the following for one minute FramePower Input Terminal 1500 VAC 50 Hz Signal Input/Output TerminalPower Input Terminal 1800 VAC 50 Hz
Insulation Resistance
Dielectric Strength
Sufficient to withstand 1500 VAC at 50 Hz applied between the windings and the frame.
Operating Environment Conditions
Ambient Temperature Humidity Atmosphere
32 F122 F (0 C50 C), nonfreezing 85% maximum, noncondensing No corrosive gases or dust Values in parentheses only apply if the optional control module (OPX-1A) is used. Unit Upper values: lb-in/Lower values: Nm 15 20 30 50 100 200
Gearmotor Torque Table

Gear Ratio Speed Range r/min Model BX230- BX230M- BX460- BX460M- BX5120- BX5120M- BX6200- BX6200M- BX6400S- BX6400SM- 4.1 0.47 8.4 0.95 16.8 1.9 23 2.6 46 5.2 8.4 0.95 16.8 1.9 33 3.8 46 5.2 92 10.5 5 6 (0.6) 600 10 3 (0.3) 300
2 (0.2) 200 1.5 (0.15) 150 1 (0.1) 100 12.5 1.42 24 2.8 50 5.7 69 7.8 138 15.7 16.8 1.9 33 3.8 67 7.6 83 9.4 167 18.9 23 2.7 47 5.4 95 10.8 125 14.2 250 28.4
0.6 (0.06) 60 0.3 (0.03) 30 0.15 (0.015) 15 39 4.5 79 9 159 18 200 23.7 350 40 53 6 141 16 260 30 350 40 350 40 53 6 141 16 260 30 350 40 350 40
Enter the letter representing the voltage (A or C) in the first box () within the model name. Enter the gear ratio in the second box () within the model name. A colored background indicates gear shaft rotation in the same direction as the motor shaft; a white background indicates rotation in the opposite direction.
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
Permissible Overhung Load and Permissible Thrust Load

Model BX230-, BX230M- BX230-, BX230M- BX230-, BX230M- BX230-A, BX230M-A BX460-, BX460M- BX460-, BX460M- BX460-, BX460M- BX460-A, BX460M-A BX5120-, BX5120M- BX5120-, BX5120M- BX5120-, BX5120M- BX5120-A, BX5120M-A BX6200-, BX6200M- BX6200-, BX6200M- BX6200-A, BX6200M-A BX6400S-, BX6400SM- BX6400S-, BX6400SM- BX6400S-A, BX6400SM-A Gear Ratio 5 1020 30200 / 5 1020 30200 / 5 1020 30200 / 515 20200 / 515 20200 / Permissible Thrust Load lb. (N) 9 (40) 9 (40) 9 (40) 22 (100) 22 (100) 22 (100) 33 (150) 33 (150) 33 (150) 45 (200) 45 (200) 45 (200) 45 (200) Permissible Overhung Load lb. (N) from the tip of the shaft 0.39 inch (10 mm) 22 (100) 33 (150) 45 (200) 19.6 (87.2) 45 (200) 67 (300) 101 (450) 26 (117) 67 (300) 90 (400) 112 (500) 35 (156) 123 (550) 146 (650) 44 (197) 123 (550) 146 (650) 44 (197) from the tip of the shaft 0.79 inch (20 mm) 33 (150) 45 (200) 67 (300) 24 (107) 56 (250) 78 (350) 123 (550) 30 (137) 90 (400) 112 (500)
Introduction BX Brushless DC Motor Systems DC Input AC Input FBL2
146 (650) 39 (176) 180 (800) 220 (1000) 49 (221) 180 (800) 220 (1000) 49 (221)
AXU AXH
Enter the letter representing the voltage (A or C) in the first box () within the model name. Enter the gear ratio in the second box () within the model name. Values should be approximately half the weight of the motor.
Permissible Load Inertia J

Model BX230A-, BX230AM-, BX230C-, BX230CM- When quick stop or instantaneous bidirectional motion is used BX460A-, BX460AM-, BX460C-, BX460CM- When quick stop or instantaneous bidirectional motion is used BX5120A-, BX5120AM-, BX5120C-, BX5120CM- When quick stop or instantaneous bidirectional motion is used BX6200A-, BX6200AM-, BX6200C-, BX6200CM- When quick stop or instantaneous bidirectional motion is used BX6400S-, BX6400SM- When quick stop or instantaneous bidirectional motion is used Gear Ratio 5 66 1.2103 8.5 1.56104 120 2.2103 31 5.63104 250 4.5103 137 25104 550 1102 210 37.5104 550 1102 210 37.5104 10 270 5103 34 6.25104 520 9.5103 123 22.5104 1040 1.9102 550 100104 2500 4.6102 820 150104 2500 4.6102 820 150104 15 600 1.1102 77 14.1104 1200 2.2102 280 50.7104 2300 4.2102 1230 225104 5500 1101 1840 337104 5500 1101 1840 337104 20 1090 2102 137 25104 1910 3.5102 490 90104 3800 7102 2200 400104 9300 1.7101 3300 600104 9300 1.7101 3300 600104
UnitUpper values: oz-in2 / Lower values: kgm2 30 2000 3.7102 310 56.3104 4400 8102 1100 202104 8800 1.6101 4900 900104 21000 3.9101 50 5000 9.2102 850 156104 12000 2.2101 3100 562104 25000 4.5101 100 13700 2.5101 850 156104 34000 6.2101 3100 562104 66000 1.2 200 27000 5101 850 156104 66000 1.2 3100 562104 137000 2.5
13700 13700 13700 2500104 2500104 2500104 51000 9.3101 98000 1.8 200000 3.7
7400 21000 21000 21000 1350104 3750104 3750104 3750104 21000 3.9101 51000 9.3101 98000 1.8 200000 3.7
7400 21000 21000 21000 1350104 3750104 3750104 3750104
Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name. Only available when the OPX-1A (sold separately) is used.
Dimensions B-17
B-15
Torque
Torque
0.1
15 10 5 Continuous Duty Region
Rated Torque
0.2 0.1 0
30 20 10 0 30 (3) Continuous Duty Region
Rated Torque
Torque
Torque
Torque
-0.8 -0.6 -0.4
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [Nm]
B-16
Speed Torque Characteristics (The characteristics shown below are only applicable for the motors only.)
Continuous Duty Region Limited Duty Region
Continuous operation is possible in this region. This region is used primarily when accelerating. When a load that exceeds the rated torque is applied continuously or the speed is above 2000 r/min, for approximately 5 seconds overload protection is activated and the motor comes to stop.
BX460-A/BX460- BX460M-A/BX460M-
[Nm] [oz-in] 0.4 50 0.3 40 Peak Torque Limited Duty Region
BX230-A/BX230- BX230M-A/BX230M-
[Nm] [oz-in] 0.2 25 20 Limited Duty Region Peak Torque
BX5120-A/BX5120- BX5120M-A/BX5120M-
[Nm] [oz-in] 0.8 100 0.6 80 0.4 0.2 0 60 40 20 0 30 (3) Continuous Duty Region Peak Torque Limited Duty Region
Rated Torque
0 30 (3)
1000 2000 Speed [r/min]
3000
1000 2000 Speed [r/min]
3000
1000 2000 Speed [r/min]
3000
Values in parentheses only apply if the optional OPX-1A control module is used. BX6200-A/BX6200- BX6200M-A/BX6200M-
3 [Nm] [oz-in] 1.5 1 200 150 100 0.5 0 50 0 30 (3) Continuous Duty Region 0 1000 2000 Speed [r/min] 3000 Limited Duty Region
Peak Torque Rated Torque
BX6400S-A/BX6400S- BX6400SM-A/BX6400SM-
[Nm] [oz-in] 400 300 200 1 100 0 30 (3) Continuous Duty Region 1000 2000 Speed [r/min] 3000 Combination Type Peak Torque Limited Duty Region
Rated Torque
Peak Torque
Values in parentheses only apply if the optional OPX-1A control module is used.
Vertical Drive (Gravitational) Operation

The BX Series provides stable speed control during gravitational operation. When a motor is rotated by external power, it works as a generator. The driver may be damaged if the energy that is regenerated during a vertical (gravitational) operation or due to an abrupt start/stop involving a large inertial load exceeds the maximum level that can be absorbed by driver. The optional regeneration unit (sold separately) is designed to discharge the regenerated energy, thereby protecting the driver.
Continuous Regeneration Unit Model BX Model BX230 EPRC-400P BX460 BX5120 RGB100 BX6200 BX6400 Rated Output W (HP) 30 (1/25) 60 (1/12) 120 (1/6) 200 (1/4) 400 (1/2) 100 (1/8) 800 (1) 100 (1/8) 240 (1/3) Regeneration Capability W (HP) Instantaneous Regeneration Capability W (HP)
Gravitational Operation Ability

-1.4 -180 -1.2 -160 -1.0 -140 -120 -100 BX6200 -80 -60 BX5120 -40 -0.2 0 0
BX460 BX6400
Load
-20 BX230
1000 2000 3000
Speed [r/min]
Install the regeneration unit in the place which has the same heat radiation capability as heat radiation plate [13.8 inch13.8 inch0.12 inch (350mm350mm3mm)].
Gravitational operation exceeding the range of continuous regeneration capability will trigger the internal thermal protector (302F [150C]).
Regenerative Power
The regenerative power can be estimated using the formula below. Use the calculated value as a guideline. Regenerative power (W) 0.1047 TL [Nm] N [r/min] TL: Load torque N: Rotating speed
Use the electromagnetic-brake type for gravitational operation.
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
Dimensions Scale 1/4, Unit = inch (mm)
Mounting screws are included with the combination type. Dimensions for screws Page B-133 Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name.
Combination Type/Standard v Motor/Gearhead

BX230A-, BX230C- Motor: BXM230-GFH2 Gearhead: GFH2G Weight: 2.6 lb. (1.2 kg) including gearhead d C147A (GFH2G520) C147B (GFH2G30100) C147C (GFH2G200)
2.78 (70.5) 0.31 1.02 (8) (26) 1.59 2.13 (40.5) (54) L 0.16 (4) 1.26 (32) 0.98 (25) A
Introduction BX
0 0.39370.0006
(100.015) 0.39 (10) 0.94 (24)
0.15750.0012
0 40.03
2.36 (60) 02 0. 0.177(4.5) 6 0.5) 7 4 Holes 2. 70 (
v Key and Key Slot

(The key is provided with the gearhead)
FBL2
0
0.9840.008 (250.2)
0.15750.0012
0 40.03
AXU
0.098
0.1 2.5 0
0.63 (16)
1.12 (28.5)
Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length
0.004 0
0.43 (11)
AXH
555706R (MOLEX) Protective Earth Lead 8 inch (200 mm) Length Fits M4 Screw 555710R (MOLEX) Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length GFH2G520: L = 1.34 (34) GFH2G30100: L = 1.50 (38) GFH2G200: L = 1.69 (43)
Shaft Cross Section AA
1.22 (31)
0.1575
0.0016 0 0.04 4 0
BHF AC Motor Systems ES US
v Motor/Gearhead
BX460A-, BX460C- Motor: BXM460-GFH2 Gearhead: GFH4G Weight: 4.4 lb. (2 kg) including gearhead d C148A (GFH4G520) C148B (GFH4G30100) C148C (GFH4G200)
0 0.59060.0007 0 0.51 (150.018 ) (13) 1.34 (34)
0.98 (25) A
94 (
0 0.19690.0012 0 50.03
2.81 (71.5) 1.02 0.31 (26) (8) 2.13 (54)
L 0.28 (7)
1.38 (35)
3.15 (80) 0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
v Key and Key Slot

02 0. ) 70 0.5 . 3
0.9840.008 (250.2)
0.19690.0012
0 50.03
1.59 (40.5)
A
0.004 0.118 0 0.1 3 0
0.63 (16)
1.12 (28.5)
Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length GFH4G520: L = 1.61 (41) GFH4G30100: L = 1.81 (46) GFH4G200: L = 2.0 (51)
Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length 555706R (MOLEX) Protective Earth Lead 8 inch (200 mm) Length Fits M4 Screw 555710R (MOLEX)
0.43 (11)
1.22 (31)
0.1969
0.0016 0 0.04 5 0
Dimensions B-17
B-17
0 0.70870.0007
A 1.59 (40.5) 2.13 (54)
(60 0.03)
1 (
04
0.23620.0012
1.02 (26)
0.39 (10)
0.2 (5)
0.71 (180.018) (18) 1.57 (40)
0.004 0
0.63 (16)
GFH5G520: L = 1.77 (45) GFH5G30100: L = 2.28 (58) GFH5G200: L = 2.52 (64)
v Motor/Gearhead
BX6200A-, BX6200C- BX6400S- Motor: BXM6200-GH BXM6400-GH Gearhead: 6GHK Weight: 11 lb. (4.9 kg) including gearhead d C181
0.70870.0007 4.25 (108) 1.02 (26) 0.39 (10) 2.83 (72) 0.20 (5) 1.65 (42) 0.98 (25) A 1.65 (42) 1.59 2.13 (40.5) (54) A' 4.09 (104)
0 (180.018 )
0 0.23620.0012 0 60.03
0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
5) .72 0. 4 120 (
0.0
v Key and Key Slot

1.12(28.5)
Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length 1.22 555706R (MOLEX) Protective Earth Lead 8 inch (200 mm) Length (31) Fits M4 Screw 555710R (MOLEX) Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length 0.43 (11)
0.2362
0.0016 0 0.04 6 0
0.138
0.1 3.5 0
0.79 (20)
0.63 (16)
0.2362 M4/ Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch(400 mm) Length 555706R(MOLEX) 555710R(MOLEX)
(28.5) 1.12
(
1.22 (31)
0.0016 0 0.04 6 0
Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch(400 mm) Length
B-18
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
0.004 0.138 0 0.1 3.5 0
0.43 (11)
v Motor/Gearhead
BX5120A-, BX5120C- Motor: BXM5120-GFH2 Gearhead: GFH5G Weight: 6.8 lb. (3.1 kg) including gearhead d C149A (GFH5G520) C149B (GFH5G30100) C149C (GFH5G200)
3.27 (83) L 1.65 (42) 0.98 (25) 3.54 (90) 0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
02 ) 09 0.5 . 4 0.
v Key and Key Slot

0.9840.008 (250.2)
0.23620.0012
0 60.03
A'
0.9840.008 (250.2)
0.23620.0012
0 60.03
Round Shaft Type/Standard

BX230A-A, BX230C-A Motor: BXM230-A2 Weight: 1.5 lb. (0.7 kg) d C150
0.3 0 (7.5) 0.31500.0006
0 (80.015 )
0 2.12600.0012
0.37 (9.5) 0 0.39370.0006 2.36 (60) 02 0. 0.177 (4.5) 6 0.5) 7 . 4 Holes 2 0 7 (
0 (540.030 )
2.78 (70.5) 1.02 (26) 2.13 (54) 0.31 (8)
0.94 (24) 0.08 (2) 0.63 (16)
0 (100.015 )
2.81 (71.5) 0.31 1.02 (8) (26) 2.13 (54)
1.26 (32) 0.08 (2) 0.98 (25)
3.15 (80) 0.256(6.5) 4 Holes

0 2.87400.0012
0 0 .5) .7 0 3 94 (
.0
Introduction
1.59 (40.5)
1.59 (40.5)
0 (730.030 )
BX
555706R (MOLEX) Protective Earth Lead 8 inch (200 mm) Length Fits M4 Screw 555710R (MOLEX) Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length
0.63 (16)
1.12 (28.5)
0.43 (11)
0.63 (16)
1.12 (28.5)
0.43 (11)
1.22 (31)
Cable 0.31 (8) 1.22 16 inch (400 mm) Length (31) 555706R (MOLEX) Protective Earth Lead 8 inch (200 mm) Length Fits M4 Screw 555710R (MOLEX) Cable 0.31(8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length
FBL2 AXU
0 0.47240.0007
3.27 (83) 1.02 (26) 1.59 (40.5) 2.13 (54) 0.39 (10) 1.46 (37) 0.08 (2) 1.18 (30)
AXH BHF
0 3.26770.0014
0.43 (11)
3.54 (90) 0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
0 120.018
AC Motor Systems
0 9 .5) .0 0 4 104 (
2 .0
ES
0 (830.035 )
0.63 (16)
1.12 (28.5)
1.22 (31) Protective Earth Lead 8 inch (200 mm) Length Fits M4 Screw 555710R (MOLEX) Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length
Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length 555706R (MOLEX)
0.55120.0007
BX6200A-A, BX6200C-A, BX6400S-A Motor: BXM6200-A BXM6400-A Weight: 5.5 lb. (2.5 kg) d C182
4.25 (108) 1.02 (26) 0.39 (10) 1.46 (37) 0.08 (2) 1.18 (30) 1.59 2.13 (40.5) (54)
0.43 (11)
3.70080.0014
) 4.09 ( 0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
0 140.018
2 5) .7 0. 4 120 (
0.
02
0.63 (16)
0.43 (11)
M4/ 1.12 (28.5)
Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length 555706R(MOLEX) 555710R(MOLEX)
0.51 (13)
(940 0.035)
1.22 (31)
Dimensions B-17
B-19
0.39370 0.0006
6 .7 0 2 70 ( 0.9840.008 (250.2)
0.
) .5
0.15750.0012
1.02 (26) 2.13 (54)
0.31 (8)
0 0.39 (100.015 ) (10) 0.94 (24)
0 40.03
1.59 (40.5)
0.63 (16)
1.12 (28.5)
Cable 0.31(8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length 555706R (MOLEX) Protective Earth Lead 8 inch (200 mm) Length Fits M4 Screw 555710R (MOLEX)
0.004 0
1.22 (31)
0.1575
0.0016 0 0.04 4 0
0.098
Cable 0.31(8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length GFH2G520: L = 1.34 (34) GFH2G30100: L = 1.50 (38) GFH2G200: L = 1.69 (43)
BX460AM-, BX460CM- Motor: BXM460M-GFH2 Gearhead: GFH4G Weight: 5.5 lb. (2.5 kg) including gearhead d C154A (GFH4G520) C154B (GFH4G30100) C154C (GFH4G200)
0 0.59060.0007 0 0.51 (150.018 ) (13) 1.34 (34)
0 50.03
0 .7 3 94 (
0.19690.0012
1.02 (26) 2.13 (54)
4.23 (107.5) 0.31 (8)
L 0.28 (7)
1.38 (35) 0.98 (25) A
3.15 (80) 0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
v Key and Key Slot

02 ) 0.5 0.
0.1 2.5 0
0.43 (11)
1.59 (40.5)
A 0.118
0.004 0
0.63 (16)
1.12 (28.5)
Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length 1.22 (31) 555706R (MOLEX) Protective Earth Lead 8 inch (200 mm) Length Fits M4 Screw 555710R (MOLEX)
0.43 (11)
0.1969
0.0016 0 0.04 5 0
Cable 0.31(8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length GFH4G520: L = 1.61 (41) GFH4G30100: L = 1.81 (46) GFH4G200: L = 2.0 (51)
B-20
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
0.1 3 0
Combination Type with Electromagnetic Brake

4.33 (110)
L 1.26 0.16 (32) (4) 0.98 (25) A
2.36 (60) 0.177 (4.5) 4 Holes
v Key and Key Slot

02
0.15750.0012
0 40.03
0.9840.008 (250.2)
0.19690.0012
0 50.03
0 0.70870.0007 0 0.71 (180.018 ) (18) 1.57 (40)
4.69 (119) 1.02 (26) 1.59 (40.5) 2.13 (54) 0.39 (10)
L 0.20 (5)
(60 0.03)
1 (
04
0.23620.0012
1.65 (42) 0.98 (25) A
3.54 (90) 0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
v Key and Key Slot

02 ) 09 0.5 . 4 0.
Introduction
0.9840.008 (250.2)
0.23620.0012
BX
0 60.03
A'
0.004 0
FBL2
0.63 (16)
1.12 (28.5)
Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length 1.22 555706R (MOLEX) (31) Protective Earth Lead 8 inch (200 mm) Length Fits M4 Screw 555710R (MOLEX) Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length 0.43 (11)
0.2362
0.0016 0 0.04 6 0
0.138
0.1 (3.50 )
AXU
AXH
GFH5G520: L = 1.77 (45) GFH5G30100: L = 2.28 (58) GFH5G200: L = 2.52 (64)
BX6200AM-, BX6200CM- BX6400SM- Motor: BXM6200M-GH BXM6400M-GH Gearhead: 6GHK Weight: 13 lb. (5.9 kg) including gearhead d C183
0.70870.0007
0 (180.018 )
5.91 (150) 1.02 (26) 0.39 (10)
2.83 (72) 0.20 (5)
1.65 (42) 0.98 (25) A
4.09 (
4 120 (
0 0.23620.0012 0 60.03
0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
v Key and Key Slot

.02 0 5) .72 0.
1.65 (42)
2.13 (54)
A'
0.9840.008 (250.2)
0.23620.0012
0 60.03
1.59 (40.5)
0.79 (20)
0.63 (16) 1.12 (28.5)
M4/
Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length 555706R(MOLEX)
0.2362
(
1.22 (31)
0.0016 0 0.04 6 0
555710R(MOLEX) Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length
0.004 0.138 0 0.1 3.5 0
0.43 (11)
Dimensions B-17
B-21
0.3 0 (7.5) 0.31500.0006
0 2.12600.0012
1.02 (26) 2.13 (54)
0.31 (8)
0.08 (2) 0.63 (16)
1.59 (40.5)
0.63 (16)
1.12 (28.5)
Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length 1.22 555706R (MOLEX) (31) Protective Earth Lead 8 inch (200 mm) Length Fits M4 Screw 555710R (MOLEX) Cable 0.31(8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length 0.43 (11)
BX460AM-A, BX460CM-A Motor: BXM460M-A2 Weight: 3.3 lb. (1.5 kg) d C157
0 0.39370.0006
0 (540.030 )
0 (80.015 )
4.23 (107.5) 1.02 (26) 2.13 (54) 0.31 (8)
1.26 (32) 0.08 (2) 0.37 0.98 (25)
0 (100.015 )
0 2.87400.0012
(9.5)
1.59 (40.5)
0.63 (16)
1.12 (28.5)
Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length 1.22 555706R (MOLEX) (31) Protective Earth Lead 8 inch (200 mm) Length Fits M4 Screw 555710R (MOLEX) Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length 0.43 (11)
BX5120AM-A, BX5120CM-A Motor: BXM5120M-A2 Weight: 4.8 lb. (2.2 kg) d C158
0 0.47240.0007 0 (120.018 )
0 (730.030 )
0 3.26770.0014
2.13 (54)
0.43 (11)
1.59 (40.5)
0.63 (16)
1.12 (28.5)
Cable 0.31(8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length 555706R (MOLEX) Protective Earth Lead 8 inch (200 mm) Length
0.43 (11)
0 (830.035 )
B-22
Round Shaft Type with Electromagnetic Brake

BX230AM-A, BX230CM-A Motor: BXM230M-A2 Weight: 2.2 lb. (1 kg) d C156
4.33 (110) 0.94 (24) 2.36 (60) 02 0. 0.177 (4.5) 6) 4 Holes 2.7 0.5 70 (
3.15 (80) 0.256(6.5) 4 Holes
0 0 .5) .7 4 0 3 9 (
.0
4.67 (119) 1.02 (26) 0.39 (10)
1.46 (37) 0.08 (2) 1.18 (30)
3.54 (90) 0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
9 .5) .0 0 4 104 (
0 0.
1.22 (31)
Fits M4 Screw 555710R (MOLEX) Cable 0.31(8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
0.55120.0007
BX6200AM-A, BX6200CM-A BX6400SM-A Motor: BXM6200M-A BXM6400M-A Weight: 7.7 lb. (3.5 kg) d C184
5.91 (150) 1.02 (26) 0.39 (10) 1.46 (37) 0.08 (2) 1.18 (30) 1.59 2.13 (40.5) (54)
0 140.018
4.09 (
3.70080.0014
0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
2 5) .7 0. 4 120 (
0.
02
Introduction
(940 0.035)
BX Brushless DC Motor Systems DC Input AC Input
0.43 (11)
0.51 (13)
FBL2
0.63 (16) 1.12 (28.5)
M4/
Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length 555706R(MOLEX) 1.22 (31)
AXU
555710R(MOLEX) Cable 0.31 (8) 16 inch (400 mm) Length
AXH BHF
Driver
BXD30A-A, BXD60A-A, BXD120A-A, BXD200A-A, BXD30A-C, BXD60A-C, BXD120A-C, BXD200A-C, BXD400A-S, BXD400B-S Weight: 1.8 lb. (0.8 kg) d C141
External Speed Potentiometer (included)

1.18 (30) Min. 0.37 (9.5) 0.008 (0.2) 0.79 (20) 0.11 (2.8) 0.59 (15) M4 P0.70.24 (6) 0.02 (0.5) (Screw) Brass insertion 0.79 20) ( 0.49 (12.5)
AC Motor Systems
ES
1.57 (40)
0.39 (10)
0.20 (5)
1.57 (40)
0.98 (25) 0.71 (18)
0.39 (10) 0.55 (14)
1.57 (40) 0.30 (7.5)
US
0.12 (3)
4.72 (120)
0.63 (16) Max.
1.77 (45)
Potentiometer Insulated sheet 1.57 (40)
Knob Dial plate 1.57 (40)
0.12 0.008 0.370.008 (9.50.2) (3 0.2) Insulated sheet
0.12 (3)
5.12 (130) 3.50 (89)
0.30 (7.62) Pitch
6.93 (176)
5.51 (140)
5.91 (150)
Driver Mounting Tab (2 pieces included)

0.39 (10) 0.98 (25) 0.18 (4.5) 0.12 (3) 1.69 (43) 0.39 (10)
1.38 (35)
M3 P0.5 2 Places
0.39 (10)
0.20 (5)
0.67 (17)
M4
0.24 (6.2)
M3 P0.5 7 Places
0.39 (10) 0.91 (23) 1.38 (35)
0.20 (5) Max.
M3 7 Places
0.98 (25) 1.77 (45)
0.14 (3.5) Countersink 2 Places
Control Module (Sold Separately)

OPX-1A Weight: 0.15 lb. (0.07 kg)
5.45 (138.5) 1.770.02 0 0.67 0.12 (17) 0.55 (3) (14) 1.75 (44.5)
45 0.5 0
(for secure attachment)

)
5.59 (142) 1.89 (48)
5.470.02 0 0.5 ) (1390
Dimensions B-17
B-23
B-24
Connection and Operation

Internal Potentiometer LED Display Acceleration Time Potentiometer Deceleration Time Potentiometer
Input and Output Signals

Terminal Number 1 2
Encoder Connector
Standard Model Signal Speed Control Mode CW CCW M0 Input NC NC FREE BRAKE/ACL Input Signal Common IN-COM H M L ALM Output BUSY/ALP ASG BSG Output Signal Common OUT-COM
With Control Module Speed Control Mode CW CCW M0 M1 M2 FREE BRAKE/ACL IN-COM H M L Position Control Mode START HOME-LS M0 M1 M2 FREE BRAKE/ACL IN-COM H M L
Control Module Connector
3 4 5 6 7
Motor Connector
Regeneration Unit Terminals
8
Input/Output Signal Connector Power Connection Terminals Protective Earth Terminal
9 10 11 12 13
Analog Input
ALM ALM BUSY (TLM)/ALP BUSY (TLM)/ALP ASG BSG OUT-COM ASG BSG OUT-COM
LED Display
The BX Series offers a wide range of protection functions. As shown in the table below, the protection function that is currently active can be identified from the number of LED blinks. By counting the number of blinks, the host controller can determine the type of alarm.
14 15 16
The BUSY output can be changed to the torque-limiting output only when a torque limit is set. Details of Input and Output SignalsPage B-27
v LED Display
Display Operation Alarm Color Green Red Function Power Input Indication Alarm Output Indication Condition When current is applied When the protection function has activated
v Alarm Functions
Number of ALARM LED blinks 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Protection Function Overload protection protection Excessive Cause
Load in excess of the rated torque is applied to the motor for about five seconds or more. the upper limit of the specified voltage range. The motor in the position control mode cannot
Overvoltage Primary voltage of the driver inverter has exceeded
displacement follow the command during operation. Overcurrent Excessive current has flowed to driver inverter protection Excessive speed EEPROM data error Encoder failure protection power element. The speed has exceeded 4000 r/min on the motor shaft. The data has been corrupted. A problem has occurred with the feedback signal of the encoder. specified voltage range.
Low voltage Power supply voltage has dropped below the
The position control mode is enabled when the control module (OPX-1A) is connected.
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
Connection Diagrams v Standard Model

CN4 ON : CW Start OFF : Stop ON : CCW Start OFF : Stop ON : External Potentiometer OFF : Internal Potentiometer OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON CW Input CCW Input M0 Input M1 Input M2 Input ON : Motor Excitation Canceled OFF : Motor Operation Enabled ON : Operation1 OFF : Instantaneous Stop 1 When operating motor, BRAKE input should be turned ON. Connect the external potentiometer (included) or external DC Voltage. See page B-29 for details. 1 Alarm Output : [OFF] when Output Busy Output : [ON] when motor is operating Speed Output ASG Speed Output BSG GND Shield Wire OFF ON ON OFF FREE Input BRAKE Input IN-COM 3 2 Analog H Input Input M Input L Input ALM Output BUSY Output ASG Output BSG Output OUT-COM Ground [wire size: AWG18 (0.75 mm2) or larger] Motor Cable
Connector CN2 Connector CN3
Encoder cable
Introduction
Encoder Cable
Motor cable
Ground (wire size: 0.75 mm2 or larger)
Single-Phase 200-230 VAC Single-Phase 100-115 VAC input Three-Phase 200-230 VAC input
BX
NC RG RG NC NC(L1) L(L2) N(L3)

Terminal Block for Regeneration Unit
L1 L2
L N
FBL2
L3
Terminal Block for Power-supply input Power-Supply Single-Phase 100-115 VAC 15%/10%, 50/60 Hz Input (Single-Phase 100-115 VAC input driver) Single-Phase 200-230 VAC 15%/10%, 50/60 Hz Or, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC 15%/10%, 50/60 Hz (Single-Phase/Three-Phase 200-230 VAC input driver)
AXU AXH BHF
AC Motor Systems
v Using the OPX-1A Control Module Speed Control Modes

CN4 ON : CW Start OFF : Stop ON : CCW Start OFF : Stop OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF
Connector CN3 2
CW Input CCW Input M0 Input M1 Input M2 Input FREE Input BRAKE Input IN-COM
Motor Cable
Connector CN2 2
Speed Data Selection Input
Encoder Cable
ON : Motor Excitation Canceled OFF : Motor Operation Enabled ON : Operation1 OFF : Instantaneous Stop 1 When operating motor, BRAKE input should be turned ON. Connect the external potentiometer (supplied) or External DC Voltage. See page B-29 for details. 1 Alarm Output : [OFF] when Output Busy Output : [ON] when motor is operating Speed Output ASG Speed Output BSG GND
3 2
H Input Input M Input L Input

Shield wire
Analog
RG RG NC NC(L1) L(L2) N(L3)
Terminal Block for Regeneration Unit
ALM Output BUSY Output ASG Output BSG Output OUT-COM
Terminal Block for Power-Supply Input 2 2 See the connection diagram of the standard model for the motor connection and terminal block.
Ground [wire size: AWG18 (0.75 mm2) or larger]
Notes: If it is necessary to extend the distance between the motor and driver, be sure to use an extension cable or flexible cable (sold separately). Use one of the following cables for the powersupply line: Single-Phase 100-115 VAC, 3-core cable [conductor cross-sectional area: AWG18 (0.75 mm2) or more] Single-Phase 200-230 VAC, 3-core cable [conductor cross-sectional area: AWG18 (0.75 mm2) or more] Three-Phase 200-230 VAC, 4-core cable [conductor cross-sectional area: AWG18 (0.75 mm2) or more] When wiring the control I/O signal lines, keep a minimum distance of 30 cm from power lines (AC line, motor line and other largecurrent circuits). Also, do not route the control I/O signal lines in the same duct or piping as that is used for power lines. Cables for the power-supply lines and control I/O signal lines are not supplied with the product. Provide appropriate cables separately. When grounding the driver, connect the ground wire to the Protective Earth terminal (M4) and connect the other end to a single point using a cable with a size of AWG 16 (1.25 mm2) or greater.
Connection Diagram using the OPX-1A Control ModulePosition Control ModesPage B-26
Dimensions B-17
B-25
OFF : Mechanical Home Detection
0.24 inch (6.2 mm) max.
Positioning Data Selection Input
OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF
HOME Input M0 Input M1 Input M2 Input FREE Input BRAKE Input IN-COM RG RG NC NC(L1) L(L2) N(L3)
Terminal Block for Power-Supply Input 2 2 See the connection diagram of the standard mdel for the motor connection and terminal block. Terminal Block for Regeneration Unit Motor Cable
Connector CN2 2
0.24 inch (6.2 mm) max.
B-26
v Using the OPX-1A Control Module Position Control Mode

CN4 ON : Positioning Operation Start OFF ON ON
Terminals
Insulated ring terminal
Power Supply Terminals

Connector CN3 2
START Input
Insulated fork terminal

0.13 inch (3.2 mm) min.
0.13 inch (3.2 mm) min.
ON : Motor Excitation Canceled OFF : Motor Operation Enabled ON : Operation1 OFF : Instantaneous Stop 1 When operating motor, BRAKE input should be turned ON. Connect the External Potentiometer (included) or External DC Voltage. See page B-29 for details. 1 Alarm Output : [OFF] when output Busy Output : [ON] when motor is operating Speed Output ASG Speed Output BSG GND
OFF
ON ON ON
Encoder Cable
0.35 inch (9 mm) min.
OFF
I/O Terminals (CN4)
3 2
H Input Input M Input L Input

Shield wire
Analog
When using a crimp terminal for connection, use one of the terminals listed below. The applicable crimp terminal varies, depending on the wire size. When the following terminals are used, the applicable wire size will be between AWG 26 and 18. Manufacturer: Phoenix Contact AI 0.25-6 Applicable wire size: AWG2624 (0.140.2 mm2) AI 0.34-6 Applicable wire size: AWG22 (0.35 mm2) AI 0.5-6 Applicable wire size: AWG20 (0.5 mm2) AI 0.75-6 Applicable wire size: AWG18 (0.75 mm2)
ALM Output BUSY Output ASG Output BSG Output OUT-COM
Ground [wire size: AWG18 (0.75 mm2) or larger]
Driver Internal Circuits v Input Circuit

The circled number located in front of each signal represents the number of the corresponding I/O signal terminal.
CW (START) Input 1 CCW(HOME-LS) Input 1 M0, M1, M2 Input 2 FREE Input 3 BRAKE/ACL Input IN-COM Inside of Driver 15 V 2.3 k
v Output Circuit
The circled number located in front of each signal represents the number of the corresponding I/O signal terminal.
Inside of Driver ALM output BUSY (TLM) /ALP Output1
OUT-COM 4.5 to 26.4 VDC/40 mA or less
1 The CW and CCW inputs function in the speed control mode on the standard model and when the OPX-1A control module is used. The START and HOME-LS inputs function in the position control mode when the OPX-1A control module is used. 2 The M0 input is the only operation data selection input available on the standard model. The M0, M1 and M2 inputs function on the when the OPX1A control module is used. 3 This input functions as the BRAKE input during normal operation, and as the ACL input when a driver protection is active.
1 This output functions as the BUSY output during normal operation, and as the ALP output when a driver protection is active. When the OPX-1A control module is used, the BUSY output can be changed to the TLM output.
Inside of Driver ASG Output BSG Output OUT-COM 4.5 to 26.4 VDC/40 mA or less
Photocoupler State
The signal state represents the ON: Carrying current or OFF: Not carrying current state of the internal photocoupler rather than the voltage level of the signal.
Photocoupler state Terminal level Photocoupler state H L OFF ON
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
Standard Model Input Signals v Clockwise Rotation (CW) Input

This input functions in the speed control mode on the standard model and when the OPX-1A control module is used. When the BRAKE input is ON, motor operation is enabled. If the CW input is turned ON, acceleration and operation are performed in the clockwise direction at the rate set by the acceleration time potentiometer. If it is turned OFF, the motor decelerates and the operation stops at the rate set by the deceleration time potentiometer.
v Speed Control Data Selection (M0) Input

With the M0 input, the speed can be controlled by either the external potentiometer or an external analog setting.
MO OFF ON Speed Data Internal Potentiometer External Analog Setting
Introduction
v Counterclockwise Rotation (CCW) Input

This input functions in the speed control mode on the standard model and when the OPX-1A control module is used. When the BRAKE input is ON, motor operation is enabled. If the CCW input is turned ON, acceleration and operation are performed in the counterclockwise direction at the rate set by the acceleration time potentiometer. If it is turned OFF, the motor decelerates and the operation stops at the rate set by the deceleration time potentiometer.
CW Input CCW Input BRAKE Input CW operation CCW operation Deceleration time CCW operation Deceleration time ON ON ON ON ON
CW Input
ON
ON
FBL2
BRAKE Input
ON ON : Operation OFF : Instantaneous Stop
AXU
M0 Input
ON
AXH
ON : Internal Potentiometer External Analog Setting OFF : External Analog Setting Internal Potentiometer CW Operation Deceleration Stop CW Operation Instantaneous Stop
Motor behavior
ES
The deceleration time potentiometer is effective upon speed change.

CW operation
Motor Behavior
Acceleration Time
If the direction of rotation has been changed, acceleration and deceleration will be performed at the rate set by time potentiometers. Note: The direction of rotation indicates the direction as viewed from the motor's output shaft. With the pre-assembled gearmotor, the direction of rotation varies in according to the gearhead ratio. See the table of permissible torques on page B-14 for details.
Dimensions B-17
B-27
B-28
v Motor Control Release (FREE) Input

When the photocoupler is turned ON, the motor excitation is cancelled and the electromagnetic brake is released. The FREE input is given the highest priority regardless of the condition of other inputs. The FREE input functions even when a protection function is activated.
Standard Model Output Signals v Alarm (ALM) Output

The photocoupler turns OFF when a driver protection function is active. When overload, overcurrent or other abnormality is detected, the alarm signal is output and the ALARM LED on the driver is blinked and the motor stops naturally. The electromagnetic brake will be activated. To reset the alarm signal output, remove the cause of the problem and ensure the safety of the equipment and load. Then turn on the ACL input or reconnect the power. When reconnecting the power, turn off the power and then wait for at least three seconds before turning it back on.
ALARM ON OFF ON
v Brake (BRAKE)/Alarm Clear (ACL) Input

This input functions as the BRAKE input during normal operation, and as the ACL input when a driver protection is active. During Normal Operation (BRAKE Input) When the BRAKE input is turned ON, motor operation is enabled. If it is turned OFF, the motor is stopped instantaneously. To start motor operation, be sure to set the BRAKE input to ON.
CW Input ON
Alarm Actuation Normal Operation Protection Function ALARM
Normal
Abnormal OFF blink
Normal
ON Unlit
ON Unlit
CCW Input
ON ALARM LED
BRAKE Input
ON Instantaneous Stop CW Operation
ON
Pulse Signal (Speed Pattern) Rotation Natural Stop
Motor Behavior
Deceleration Stop CCW Operation
Note: The alarm output logic is opposite that of other signal outputs (positive logic output).
v Phase difference (ASG/BSG) Output

Upon Activation of a Protection Function (ACL Input) The activated protection function is reset and the driver is restarted. This input is used to reset protection functions while power is supplied. Note, however, that if the protection function is for overcurrent, EEPROM data failure, system failure or encoder failure have been activated, they cannot be reset. If any of these protection functions have been activated, call our Technical Support Line or contact your nearest Oriental Motor representative.
BRAKE Input ACL Input ON or OFF ACL Input ON 0.5 s or more 0.5 s or more Driver is restarted ALM Output ON Turned OFF when ALM signal is output Within 0.5 s ON BRAKE Input ON
Feedback pulses are output from the encoder (500 p/r). This output is used when monitoring the motor speed and position by connecting a counter, etc.
ASG
BSG Rotation in CW Direction Rotation in CCW Direction
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
v Busy (BUSY) [Torque-Limiting (TLM)]/Alarm Pulse (ALP) Output

This output functions as the BUSY output during normal operation, and as the ALP output when a driver protection function is active. When the torque-limiting function is set when the OPX-1A control module is used. This output can be changed to the TLM output, which indicates that the torque limit has been reached. During Normal Operation (Busy Output) Speed control mode: The photocoupler turns ON during motor operation. Position control mode: The photocoupler turns ON during rotation, and turns OFF upon stopping at the set stop position.
CW Input ON
Using the External Potentiometer (included)

When the motor speed is to be set remotely, connect the supplied external potentiometer as shown below. When the external potentiometer is used, set the M0 terminal to "Photocoupler ON."
Introduction
Driver I/O
Speed (r/min)
External Potentiometer (included) (20 k)

1
1
2
3000
2000
FBL2
3 3
Supplied signal line(1 m) ON Shield Wire
H M L
1000
AXU
CCW Input
40 60 80 100 Dial plate reading External potentiometer dial plate reading vs. speed characteristics
20
AXH
BRAKE Input
ON
Speed Setting via External DC Voltage

ON
BUSY Output
ON
When the motor speed needs to be set using external DC voltage, connect as follows. In this case, set the M0 terminal to "Photocoupler ON."
Driver I/O H M L
Speed (r/min) 2000 3000
BHF AC Motor Systems ES
CW Operation Motor Behavior CCW Operation
External DC Voltage 0 to 5 VDC

US
Supplied Signal Line(1 m)
1000
Upon Activation of a Protection Function (ALP Output) If a one shot input (0.1s or more) is given to the rotational direction or START input, the ALARM LED will blink a number of times corresponding to the protective function that has been activated. This blinking pattern will be repeated every five seconds. This makes it possible for a PLC or other controller to determine the type of protective function that has been activated by counting the number of blinks.
ALM Output ON Turned OFF when ALM signal is output
Shield Wire
0 1 2 3 4 5 DC voltage [V] DC voltage vs. speed characteristics
Note: When setting speeds using the external potentiometer or via external DC voltage, be sure to use the supplied signal line (3.3 mm O.D.1 m). Connect the shield wire for the signal line to terminal L. Ensure proper connection on the external potentiometer or external DC voltage side so that the shield wire will not contact with another terminal. The input impedance between terminals M and L is approx. 15 k.
0.1 s or more CW Input ON
Max. 0.1 s ON Three Times 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s ALP output ends Example: Three outputs (overvoltage protection) ON ON Once Twice
ALP Output
Dimensions B-17
B-29
B-30
OPX-1A Control Module Speed Control Modes

Input/Output signals and operation for speed control when using the OPX-1A control module are as follows: Input Signals Clockwise Rotation (CW) Input (same as Standard ModelPage B-27) Counterclockwise Rotation (CCW) Input (same as Standard Model Page B-27) v Output Signals (same as Standard Model Page B-28) v Operation Data Selection The M0, M1 and M2 inputs will function. A maximum of eight different data sets can be selected.
M0 OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON M1 OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON M2 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON Speed data number in speed control or position control mode No. 0 (internal potentiometer or digital setting) No. 1 (external analog setting or digital setting) No. 2 (digital setting) No. 3 (digital setting) No. 4 (digital setting) No. 5 (digital setting) No. 6 (digital setting) No. 7 (digital setting)
OPX-1A Control Module Position Control Mode

Input/Output signals and operation for position control when using the OPX-1A control module are as follows:
v Input Signals Start (START) Input

This input functions in the position control mode when the OPX-1A control module is used. It starts the positioning, continuous, return to mechanical home or return to electrical home operations. Operation will start when the START input is turned ON after selecting the operation data via the combination of M0, M1 and M2 inputs. Data No. 0, 1: Positioning operation data / Continuous operation data Data No. 2 to 5: Positioning operation data Data No. 6: Return to electrical home operation Data No. 7: Return to mechanical home operation
Continuous Operation
START Input
OFF ON
10 ms or more
10 ms or more
M0M2 Input
No. confirmation 0.5 ms or more
BUSY Input
OFF
ON
Speed
Positioning Operation
10 ms or more START Input 10 ms or more 2 M0M2 Input Data No. Confirmation ON 10 ms or more 3 Data No. Confirmation
Acceleration Time
Deceleration Time
When the digital independent torque-limit function is set, the data numbers will be reflected as necessary even during an index operation.
BRAKE Input 1
ON 5 ms or more
BUSY Output
ON
1 The motor stops when the BRAKE input is turned OFF. Before starting motor operation, be sure to turn the BRAKE input to ON. 2 Input the operation data confirmation signal at least 10 ms before the input of START signal. 3 When confirming the data number for the next travel amount following input of the START signal, input the confirmation signal at least 10 ms after the input of that signal.
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
Operation Data Selection (M0, M1, M2) Inputs

The M0, M1 and M2 inputs will function. The particular combination of these inputs selects travel amount data during positioning or continuous operation, as well as the return to mechanical or electrical home operation. The speed follows the settings in the table below.
M0 OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON M1 OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON M2 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON Travel amount data number in position control mode No. 0 (digital setting) Positioning operation 0 / Continuous operation 0 No. 1 (digital setting) Positioning operation 1 / Continuous operation 1 No. 2 (digital setting) Positioning operation 2 No. 3 (digital setting) Positioning operation 3 No. 4 (digital setting) Positioning operation 4 No. 5 (digital setting) Positioning operation 5 Return to electrical home operation Return to mechanical home operation
Mechanical Home Sensor (HOME-LS) Input

The HOME-LS input functions in the position control mode when the OPX-1A control module is used. It is used during the return to mechanical home operation.
Return to Mechanical Home Operation

The mechanical home sensor (HOME-LS input) installed on the equipment is detected with the motor operated in the set detection start direction. Upon detection of the home sensor, the motor reverses its direction and stops at a position just outside the range of the home sensor.
Mechanical home detection method: 1-sensor mode (contact B input) Starting direction of home detection: May be set as CW or CCW Speed Input in data No. 7: No slow-start/slowdown time is set.
Detection
Introduction BX Brushless DC Motor Systems DC Input AC Input FBL2 AXU
No. 0 and No. 1 allow the switching of positioning operation and continuous operation.
HOME-LS (1) Sensor detection operation (2) Move outside the sensor range and set the position as home. Mechanical Stroke End ON Sensor non-detection
AXH
Mechanical Stroke End Sensor Detection
Note: Install the home sensor (HOME-LS) before the stroke-end sensor on the detection starting side.
v Output Signals (same as Standard ModelPage B-28)
Dimensions B-17
B-31
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
0.15 0.1 0.05 0
20
90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10%
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [Nm]
100
70% 60% 50%
80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10%
Torque [Nm]
80%
80% 70% 60% 50%
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
B-32
Torque-Limiting Function When Using the OPX-1A Control Module

The BX Series permits the setting of a motor output torque limit when the OPX-1A control module is used in both the speed control mode and position control mode. The torque limit is set relative to the peak torque being 100 percent. When torque needs to be limited continuously during push-motion operation or gravitational operation, set the limit to 50 percent or less. Calculate the output torque for the pre-assembled gearmotor based on the applicable speed and torque, using the speed vs. torque limit characteristics graphs and formulas shown below. Gearhead output shaft speed NGMotor speed1 / Gearhead ratio Gearhead output shaft torque TGMotor torqueGearhead ratio0.9 (coefficient)
Speed Torque Limit Characteristics (Reference Values)

BX230-A/BX230- BX230M-A/BX230M-
0.3 40 0.25 0.2 30
100% 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10%
BX460-A/BX460- BX460M-A/BX460M-
0.6 80 Peak Torque
100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50%
0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0
70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10%
100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10%
100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10%
Peak Torque
100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50%
10
Rated Torque
40% 30% 20% 10%
Rated Torque
40% 30% 20% 10%
100
1000
2000 Speed [r/min]
3000
100
1000
2000 Speed [r/min]
3000
BX5120-A/BX5120- BX5120M-A/BX5120M-
1.2 1 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0 0 150
100% 90% 100% 90%
BX6200-A/BX6200- BX6200M-A/BX6200M-
2.5 Peak Torque
100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50%
350 300
100%
100% 90%
2 1.5 1
250 200
90% 80%
100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10%
100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 20% 30% 20% 10%
Peak Torque
100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10%
150 100
70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10%
50
40% 30% 20% 10%
40% 30% 20% 10%
Rated Torque
40% 30% 20% 10%
0.5 50 0 0
Rated Torque
100
1000
2000 Speed [r/min]
3000
100
1000
2000 Speed [r/min]
3000
BX6400S-A BX6400SM-A
4 500 3 400 300 200
50% 100% 90% 80% 70% 60%
Round Shaft
BX6400S- BX6400SM-
2.5 350 300
100%
Combination type
100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10%
1 100 0 0
100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10%
2 Peak Torque
100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10%
250 1.5 1 200 150 100 0.5 50 0 0

90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10%
100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10%
100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10%
Peak Torque
100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10%
Rated Torque
Rated Torque
40% 30% 20% 10%
100
1000
2000 Speed [r/min]
3000
100
1000
2000 Speed [r/min]
3000
Note: An error of up to approximately 20 percent may occur between the set value and generated torque due to the speed setting, power-supply voltage and distance of motor cable extension. Repeatability under the same condition is approximately 10 percent. We recommend that the torque limit be set to approximately 20 percent or more. Enter the letter representing the voltage (A or C) in the first box () within the model name. Enter the gear ratio in the second box () within the model name.
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
Combinations of Gearhead, Motor and Driver

Standard Combination Type
Model BX230A- BX230C- BX460A- BX460C- BX5120A- BX5120C- BX6200A- BX6200C- BX6400S- Motor Model BXM230-GFH2 BXM460-GFH2 BXM5120-GFH2 BXM6200-GH BXM6400-GH Gearhead Model GFH2G GFH4G GFH5G 6GHK 6GHK Driver Model BXD30A-A BXD30A-C BXD60A-A BXD60A-C BXD120A-A BXD120A-C BXD200A-A BXD200A-C BXD400B-S
Standard Round Shaft Type

Model BX230A-A BX230C-A BX460A-A BX460C-A BX5120A-A BX5120C-A BX6200A-A BX6200C-A BX6400S-A Motor Model BXM230-A2 BXM460-A2 BXM5120-A2 BXM6200-A BXM6400-A Driver Model BXD30A-A BXD30A-C BXD60A-A BXD60A-C BXD120A-A BXD120A-C BXD200A-A BXD200A-C BXD400A-S
Introduction BX Brushless DC Motor Systems DC Input AC Input
Enter gear ratio in the box () within the model name.

FBL2
Combination Type with Electromagnetic Brake

Model BX230AM- BX230CM- BX460AM- BX460CM- BX5120AM- BX5120CM- BX6200AM- BX6200CM- BX6400SM- Motor Model BXM230M-GFH2 BXM460M-GFH2 BXM5120M-GFH2 BXM6200M-GH BXM6400M-GH Gearhead Model GFH2G GFH4G GFH5G 6GHK 6GHK Driver Model BXD30A-A BXD30A-C BXD60A-A BXD60A-C BXD120A-A BXD120A-C BXD200A-A BXD200A-C BXD400B-S
v Round Shaft with Electromagnetic Brake

Model BX230AM-A BX230CM-A BX460AM-A BX460CM-A BX5120AM-A BX5120CM-A BX6200AM-A BX6200CM-A BX6400SM-A Motor Model BXM230M-A2 BXM460M-A2 BXM5120M-A2 BXM6200M-A BXM6400M-A Driver Model BXD30A-A BXD30A-C BXD60A-A BXD60A-C BXD120A-A BXD120A-C BXD200A-A BXD200A-C BXD400A-S
AXU AXH BHF
AC Motor Systems
Enter gear ratio in the box () within the model name.
ES
Accessories (Sold Separately)
US
Extension Cable / Flexible Extension Cable v For Motor

0.47 (12) 0.87 (22) 0.63 (16) L 0.57 (14.5) 0.46 (11.6) 0.54 (13.8)
Regeneration Unit
EPRC-400P, RGB100 Weight: 0.55 lb. (0.25 kg) d C194
0.1650.012 0
0.3 ) (4.2 0
1.65 (42) 1.10 (28)
Motor Side
CC-SBF: 0.31 (8) CC-SBR: 0.35 (9) Driver Side
7.17 (182) 6.50 (165) 5.91 (150)
11.8 (300) 0.24 (6)
AWG 18 White AWG 22 White
v For Encoder
0.47 (12) 0.96 (24.3) 1.18 (30) L 0.57 (14.5) 0.46 (11.6) 0.87 (22.2)
0.1650.012 (4.20.3 0 ) 0.04 (1) 0.79 (20)

R:150 302F (150C) (NC)
0
Encoder Side
CC-SBF: 0.31 (8) CC-SBR: 0.39 (10) Driver Side
: AWG 18x2 : AWG 22x2
Connect to RG Terminal Thermal Protector
EPRC-400P 400
Extension Cable
Model CC01SBF CC02SBF CC03SBF CC05SBF CC07SBF CC10SBF CC15SBF CC20SBF Length ft. (m) 3.3 (1) 6.6 (2) 9.8 (3) 16.4 (5) 23.0 (7) 32.8 (10) 49.2 (15) 65.6 (20)
Flexible Extension Cable

Model CC01SBR CC02SBR CC03SBR CC05SBR CC07SBR CC10SBR CC15SBR CC20SBR Length ft. (m) 3.3 (1) 6.6 (2) 9.8 (3) 16.4 (5) 23.0 (7) 32.8 (10) 49.2 (15) 65.6 (20)
Regeneration Unit
Model EPRC-400P Applicable Product BX230 (30 W) BX460 (60 W) BX5120 (120 W) RGB100 BX6200 (200 W) BX6400 (400 W)
Both extension cable and flexible cable are combined with cables for motor and encoder.
Dimensions B-17 Connection and Operation B-24 Motor and Driver Combinations B-33
B-33
3.54 in. ( 90 mm)
B-34
FBL2 Series
The FBL2 Series consists of a high performance, compact, brushless DC motor and driver. This product is available with 75 W (1/10 HP) and 120 W (1/6 HP) output power. For easy installation, the combination type (pre-assembled gearmotors) comes with the motor and gearhead already assembled.
Combination Type (Pre-assembled Gearmotors) The combination type (pre-assembled gearmotors) come with the motor and its dedicated gearhead already assembled. This simplifies installation in equipment. Motors and gearheads are also available separately so they can be on hand to make changes or repair.
Features
Compact and High Power

The use of brushless DC motor greatly reduces the total motor length while achieving high power. The FBL2 outputs a high power of 120 W (1/6 HP) with a frame size of 3.54 in. sq. (90 mm sq.) and a total length of 3.15 in. (80 mm), allowing to easily downsize applications.
Wide Range of Speed Control

In addition to offering a wide speed control range from 300 r/min to 3000 r/min, the motor generates constant torque across the entire speed range.
Acceleration and Deceleration Function

The driver is provided with an acceleration/deceleration function which makes it possible to smoothly start and stop the motor.
Output Power 120 W (1/6 HP)

3.15 in. (80 mm) FBL5120
High Strength Gearheads

Pre-assembled gearmotors use specifically designed high strength GFB gearheads, providing torque of up to 260 lb-in (30 Nm).
Excellent Speed Stability

The FBL@ Series offers excellent speed fluctuation characteristics. Speed fluctuation is only minimally affected by the load. Speed regulation: with load 1% maximum, with voltage 1% maximum, with temperature 1% maximum
Safety Standards and CE Marking

Standards UL1004 CSA C22.2 No.100 Motor EN60950 EN60034-1 EN60034-5 UL508C Driver CSA C22.2 No.14 EN60950
Certification Body UL DEMKO
Standards File No. E62327 124888
CE Marking
Conform to EN/IEC Standards UL DEMKO E171462 131974
Low Voltage Directives
The three-phase 200-230 VAC type conforms to EN standards. Details of Safety StandardsPage G-2 When the system is approved under various safety standards, the model names in the motor and driver nameplates are the approved model names. List of Motor and Driver Combinations Page B-43
Features B-34
Specifications B-36
Flexible Couplings (Accessories) (Page A-208)
Motor Speed Indicator (Accessories) Not a standard certified product (Page A-214)
Introduction
DIN Rail Mounting Plate (Accessories) (Page A-217)
Combination Type (Pre-assembled Gearmotor)
Extension Cables1 (Accessories) (Page B-44)
Driver
BX Brushless DC Motor Systems DC Input AC Input FBL2
Programmable (Not Supplied) Controller External Speed Potentiometer (Included) FBL2 Series 1 A flexible extension cable is available for FBL@ Series. It is most suitable for uses where the cable is bent, twisted or rotated. (Page B-44) AC Power Supply (Not Supplied)
AXU
24 VDC Power Supply2 (Not Supplied)
2 Required when the drivers built-in power supply is not used.
AXH BHF ES
AC Motor Systems
The system configuration shown is an example. Other configurations are available.

US
Product Number Code
FBL 5 75 A W - 5
Number: Gear Ratio A: Round Shaft Type
W: Meets Safety Standards Voltage A: Single-Phase 100-115 VAC C: Single-Phase 200-230 VAC Output Power 75: 75 W (1/10 HP) S: Three-Phase 200-230 VAC 120: 120 W (1/6 HP) Series Motor Frame Size 5: 3.54 in. sq. (90 mm sq.) FBL : FBL2Series
Product Line
Output Power HP W
Combination Type
Power Supply Voltage Model Gear Ratio 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50, 100, 200 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50, 100, 200 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50, 100, 200 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50, 100, 200 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50, 100, 200 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50, 100, 200 Single-Phase 100-115 VAC FBL575AW- 1/10 75 Single-Phase 200-230 VAC FBL575CW- Three-Phase 200-230 VAC FBL575SW- Single-Phase 100-115 VAC FBL5120AW- 1/6 120 Single-Phase 200-230 VAC FBL5120CW- Three-Phase 200-230 VAC FBL5120SW-
Round Shaft Type

Output Power HP W 1/10 75 Power Supply Voltage Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase 200-230 VAC Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase 200-230 VAC Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Model FBL575AW-A FBL575CW-A FBL575SW-A FBL5120AW-A FBL5120CW-A FBL5120SW-A
1/6
120
Dimensions B-38
B-35
B-36
Specifications
Model Rated Output Power Voltage Power Source Frequency Rated Input Current Rated Torque Starting Torque Rated Speed Variable Speed Range Load Speed Regulation Voltage Temperature A 2.3 2.6 35 45 20 1.4 2.0 (0.25) (0.32) (3.75) 3000 3003000 1% Max. (0rated torque, at 3000 r/min) 0.75 1.2 Maximum Input Current A oz-in (Nm) oz-in (Nm) r/min r/min Combination Type Round Shaft Type HP (W) Single-Phase
RrDC
FBL575AW- FBL575AW-A FBL575CW- FBL575CW-A
FBL575SW- FBL575SW-A
Three-Phase
FBL5120AW- FBL5120CW- FBL5120SW- FBL5120AW-A FBL5120CW-A FBL5120SW-A

Single-Phase 1/6 (120) Single-Phase Three-Phase
100-115 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10% 100-115 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10% 50/60 Hz 3.0 3.8 56 71 30 1.8 2.7 (0.4) (0.5) (5.6) 1.0 1.6
Permissible Load Inertial J oz-in2 (10-4 kgm2)
1% Max. (Power supply voltage 10%, at 3000 r/min with no load) 1% Max. [32F122F (0C50C) at 3000 r/min with no load]
The permissible load inertia specified above is only applicable for round shaft type. Permissible Load Inertia for Combination Type Page B-37 Enter the gear ratio in the box () with the model name. The values for each item is for the motor only.
Item Acceleration/Deceleration Time Speed Control Method Specifications 0.515 sec. (at 3000 r/min) Any one of the following methods 1. By built-in potentiometer (1 piece) 2. By external potentiometer (20 k 1/4 W) 3. By DC voltage control (05 VDC) Photocoupler Input Input Signal Input Impedance 4.8 k 24 VDC10% Common to EXT. VR., CW, CCW, SLOW DOWN Output Signal Open Collector Output External Use Condition 26.4VDC, 10 mA Max. Common to SPEED OUT, ALARM OUT When the following are activated, the alarm signal will be output and the motor will come to a natural stop: Overload Protection: Activated within approximately 5 seconds of the motor load exceeding rated torque. Protection Functions1 Overheat Protection: Activated when the temperature of the heat sink inside driver exceeds approximately 194F (90C). Overvoltage Protection: Activated when driving a load exceeding the permissible load inertia, or when motor speed is increased due to gravitational forces. Undervoltage Protection: Activated when an input voltage to the driver is less than the specified voltage (10%). Out-of-phase Protection: Activated when the sensor wire inside the motor cable is disconnected. Motor Insulation Class2 Rating Class E [248F (120C)] Continuous
1 With the FBL2 Series, motor speed cannot be controlled in applications where the motor's shaft is turned by the load, as in lowering operations. Also, to prevent damage to the driver during lowering operations, if the primary voltage of the driver's inverter exceeds the permissible value, the protection circuit engages and the motor comes to a natural stop. 2 Motor insulation is recognized as Class A [221F (105C)] by UL and CSA standards.
Item Insulation Resistance Motor 100 M or more when 500 VDC megger is applied between the windings and the frame under normal ambient temperature and humidity. Sufficient to withstand 1.5 kV at 50 Hz applied between the windings Dielectric Strength and the frame for 1 minute after continuous operation under normal ambient temperature and humidity. Driver 100 M or more when 500 VDC megger is applied between the power supply input terminal and the Protective Earth terminal, between the power supply input terminal and I/O terminal after continuous operation under normal ambient temperature and humidity. Sufficient to withstand 1.8 kV (3 kV) at 50 Hz applied between the power supply input terminal and the Protective Earth terminal (I/O terminal) for 1 minute after continuous operation under normal ambient temperature and humidity. Operating Ambient Temperature 32F122F (0C50C) (nonfreezing) 85% maximum (noncondensing) No corrosive gases or dust IP40 IP10 Environmental Ambient Humidity Conditions Atmosphere Degree of Protection
Features B-34
Specifications B-36
Gearmotor Torque Table

Model Speed Range r/min Gear Ratio 60600 30300 20200 15150 10100
Unit Upper values: lb-in/Lower values: N.m 660 330 1.515
5
9.7 1.1 15.9 1.8
10
20 2.3 31 3.6
15
30 3.4 47 5.4
20
39 4.5 63 7.2
30
57 6.5 91 10.3
50
95 10.8 152 17.2
100
190 21.5 260 30
200
260 30 260
FBL575AW- FBL575CW- FBL575SW- FBL5120AW- FBL5120CW- FBL5120SW-
Introduction
30

Combination Type
Model FBL575AW- FBL575CW- FBL575SW- FBL5120AW- FBL5120CW- FBL5120SW-
Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name. A colored background indicates gear shaft rotation in the same direction as the motor shaft; a white background indicates rotation in the opposite direction.
Permissible Overhung Load Permissible Thrust Load Gear Ratio 0.39 in. (10 mm) from shaft end 0.79 in. (20mm) from shaft end lb. N lb. N lb. N 5 1020 30200 67 90 112 300 400 500 90 112 146 400
FBL2 AXU
500 650
33
150
AXH
Round Shaft Type

Model FBL575AW-A FBL575CW-A FBL575SW-A FBL5120AW-A FBL5120CW-A FBL5120SW-A Permissible Overhung Load 0.39 in. (10mm) from shaft end 0.79 in. (20 mm) from shaft end lb. N lb. N 29 130 33 150
36
160
38
170
Permissible Thrust Load: Avoid thrust loads as much as possible. If thrust load is unavoidable, keep it to no more than half the motor weight.
Permissible Load Inertia J for Combination Type

Model FBL575AW- Gear Ratio
Unit Upper values: oz-in2 /Lower values: 10-4 kgm2
10
15
20
30
50
100
200
FBL575CW- FBL575SW- FBL5120AW- FBL5120CW- FBL5120SW- Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name.
137 25 550 100 1230 225 2200 400 4900 900 13700 2500 13700 2500 13700 2500
Speed Torque Characteristics

Continuous operation is possible in this region.
(The characteristics shown below are only applicable for the motors only.)
Limited Duty Region

This region is used primarily when accelerating. When a load that exceeds the rated torque is applied continuously for approximately 5 seconds, overload protection is activated and the motor comes to stop.
FBL5120AW-/FBL5120CW-/FBL5120SW- FBL5120AW-A/FBL5120CW-A/FBL5120SW-A
[oz-in] [Nm] Starting Torque Limited Duty Region
FBL575AW-/FBL575CW-/FBL575SW- FBL575AW-A/FBL575CW-A/FBL575SW-A
[oz-in] [Nm]
0.4 50 0.3 Torque
Starting Torque
0.5 0.4
70 60 50 Rated Torque
40 30 20
Limited Duty Region
Rated Torque Torque 0.3 0.2
0.2
40 30 20 Continuous Duty Region
0.1 10 0 0 0 300
Continuous Duty Region 0.1 0
10 0 0 300 1000 2000 Speed [r/min] 3000
2000 1000 Speed [r/min]
3000
Dimensions B-38
B-37
0.70870.0007 (180.018) 0.71 (18)
2.24 (57) 0.39 (10)
L 1.65 (42) 0.20 (5) 0.98 (25)
3.54 (90) 0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes 1.57 (40)
0 0.39370.0006 (100 0.015)
0.55 (14)
1.30 (33) Housing: 555712R (MOLEX) Cable 0.31 (8), 20 inch (500 mm) Length
1.06 (27)
0.55 (14)
1.30 (33)
Key and Key Slot (Scale 1/2)

0.23620.0012 0 (60.03 )
0.0016 0.23620 0.040) (60 0.004 0.1380 0.1) (3.50
GFB5G520: L = 1.77 (45) GFB5G30100: L = 2.28 (58) GFB5G200: L = 2.52 (64)
(The key is provided with the gearhead.)

0
0.9840.008 (250.2)
0.23620.0012 (60 0.03)
Motor/Gearhead
0.70870.0007 (180.018) 0.71 (18) 1.57 (40)
FBL5120AW-, FBL5120CW-, FBL5120SW- (Combination Type) Motor: FBLM5120W-GFB Gearhead: GFB5G Weight: 8.8 lb. (4.0 kg) included gearhead d A205A (GFB5G520) A205B (GFB5G30100) A205C (GFB5G200)
0
FBL5120AW-A, FBL5120CW-A, FBL5120SW-A (Round Shaft Type) Motor: FBLM5120W-A Weight: 5.5 lb. (2.5 kg) d A207
0 0.47240 0.0007 (120.018)
0 (830.035 )
4.09 0.5) 4 (10
1.18 (30)
3.26770 0.0014
0.0
0.35 (9)
0.43(11)
0.55 (14)
0.55 (14)
1.06 (27)
0 (830.035 )
4.09 0.5) 4 (10
0.0
1.18 (30)
3.26770 0.0014
0.23620.0012 0 (60.03 )
0.9840.008 (250.2)
0.23620.0012 (60 0.03)
0.0016 0.23620 0.040) (60
B-38
0.004 0.1380 0.1) (3.50
FBL575AW-, FBL575CW-, FBL575SW- (Combination Type) Motor: FBLM575W-GFB Gearhead: GFB5G Weight: 6.6 lb. (3.0 kg) included gearhead d A204A (GFB5G520) A204B (GFB5G30100) A204C (GFB5G200)
Motor/Gearhead
FBL575AW-A, FBL575CW-A, FBL575SW-A (Round Shaft Type) Motor: FBLM575W-A Weight: 3.3 lb. (1.5 kg) d A206
2.24 (57) 1.46 (37) 0.39 (10) 0.08 (2)
3.54 (90) 0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
90 4.0 40.5) 0 1 (
.02
3.15 (80) 0.39(10)
L 1.65 (42) 0.20(5) 0.98 (25)
3.54 (90) 0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
3.15 (80) 0.39 (10)
1.46 (37) 0.08 (2)
3.54 (90) 0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
90 4.0 40.5) 0 1 (
.02
1.06 (27)
GFB5G520: L = 1.77 (45) GFB5G30100: L = 2.28 (58) GFB5G200: L = 2.52 (64)

Features B-34
Specifications B-36
Driver
FBLD75AW, FBLD75CW, FBLD75SW, FBLD120AW, FBLD120CW, FBLD120SW Weight: 1.8 lb. (0.8 kg) d A283
0.35 (9) Metric Tap M3 P0.5 7 Places 0.35 (9) 0.91 (23) 0.24 (6) 4.72 (120) 0.67 max. (17) 1.77 (45) 0.25 (6.32)
Introduction
0.30 (7.62) Pitch 0.25 (6.32)
3.50 (89)
0.30 (7.62) Pitch 5.91 (150)
5.28 (134)
0.39 (10)
0.39 (10)
0.98 (25)
Metric Tap M3 P0.5 2 Places 2.32 (59) 0.98 (25) M4
FBL2
0.98 (25)
0.39 (10)
M312 Places M34 Places
AXU
Driver Base Mounting Bracket Tab (1 set of 2 pieces included)

0.39 (10) 1.77 (45) 0.98 (25)
Driver Back Mounting Tab (included)

1.77 (45) 0.98 0.39 (10) (25) 1.22 (31) 0.39 (10) 7.87 (200) 5.28 (134) 1.38 (35)
AXH BHF
0.39 (10)
AC Motor Systems
0.79 (20)
0.14 (3.5) 2 Places Countersink 0.18 (4.5) 0.12 (3) 0.79 (20)
ES
0.39 (10) 0.18 (4.5)
0.14 (3.5) 4 Places Countersink

US
0.79 (20)
0.39 (10)
1.77 (45)
0.98 (25)
0.79 (20)
External Speed Potentiometer (included) (Scale 1/2) PAVR-20KZ

1.18 min. (30) 0.37 (9.5) 0.59 (15) M4 P0.7 0.24 (6) (Screw) 1.57 (40) 0.30 (7.5)
0.79 (20) 0.11 (2.8)
0.79
(20)
1.57 (40)
0.49 (12.5) 0.12 0.008 0.370.008 (9.50.2) (3 0.2) Insulated sheet
Potentiometer Insulated sheet 1.57 (40) t=0.02 (0.5)
Knob Dial plate 1.57 (40) t=0.02 (0.5)
0.12 (3)
Dimensions B-38
B-39
B-40

Built-in Potentiometer Display Function SPEED Built-in Speed Potentiometer Potentiometer for SS Acceleration Time 0.515 sec. (at 3000 r/min) SD Potentiometer for Deceleration Time 0.515 sec. (at 3000 r/min) LED Display Display Function Lighting Condition Power POWER Indicator Lights when the power is ON. When a load exceeding the rated torque is applied to the motor for 5 seconds or more. When the temperature of the heat sink inside driver exceeds approximately 194F (90C). Alarm When the motor is driving a load inertia ALARM Indicator exceeding the permissible load inertia, or when the motor shaft is turned by the load (during lowering operations). When an input voltage to the driver is less than the specified voltage (10%). When the sensor wire inside the motor cable is disconnected. I/O Power Supply Switch Function and Operation When controlling from a programmable controller or other external power supply. (Factory setting) When controlling with a relay or switch. (Driver built-in power supply)
For Motor Connector
Display EXT. INT.
Power Supply Terminal Block
When the switch is set to EXT., the input circuit is insulated by the photocoupler. However when the switch is set to INT., the input circuit is not insulated, so the system will not work, even if an input signal is input, unless GND is connected to a controller.
Display INPUT COM EXT. VR. CW CCW SLOW DOWN N.C. H M L GND SPEED OUT
ALARM OUT
Input/Output Signal Terminal Block Signal Function and Operation External power supply 24 VDC Power Supply for A connection is not necessary Input Signals when using the driver's built-in power supply. Speed Potentiometer Input signal for selecting built-in or external speed potentiometer. Selection Input Input signal for selecting CW CW Rotation Input rotation/stop. Input signal for selecting CCW CCW Rotation Input rotation/stop. Input terminal for decelerating Deceleration Input the motor to a stop. Not used. Used when controlling the speed Speed Control Input by an external potentiometer or DC voltage. Common ground terminal for Ground input/output signals. Used when monitoring the rate Speed Signal Output of rotation; 12 pulses are output (Open-Collector Output) for each motor rotation. This signal is output when a protection function is activated. Alarm Signal Output The ALARM LED lights and the (Open-Collector Output) motor comes to a stop. To reset, turn off the power for 5 seconds, then turn the power on again.
Features B-34
Specifications B-36
Connection Diagrams v FBL575AW, FBL575CW,

FBL5120AW, FBL5120CW
Driver
v FBL575SW, FBL5120SW
Driver
Motor
SPEED S.S. S.D.
POWER ALARM
EXT.-INT. INPUT 1 COM EXT.VR. 2 CW 3 CCW 4 SLOW 5 DOWN N.C. 6 H 7 M8
24V Connection is not necessary when using the driver's built-in power supply. Speed Potentiometer ON: External Potentiometer Selection Input OFF: Internal Potentiometer ON: CW Rotation CW Signal Input OFF: Stop
Motor
SPEED S.S. S.D.
POWER ALARM
EXT.-INT. INPUT COM 1 EXT.VR. 2 CW 3 CCW 4 SLOW 5 DOWN N.C. 6 H 7 M8
24V Connection is not necessary when using the driver's built-in power supply. Speed External Potentiometer Potentiometer ON: Selection Input OFF: Internal Potentiometer ON: CW Rotation CW Signal Input OFF: Stop
CCW Rotation CCW Signal Input ON: OFF: Stop Slow Down ON: Slow Down OFF: Normal Signal Input
Introduction
MOTOR
Motor cable w/connector 20 inch 500 mm
Motor cable w/connector 20 inch 500 mm
MOTOR
BX
CCW Signal Input ON: CCW Rotation OFF: Stop Slow Down Slow Down ON: OFF: Normal Signal Input 3 2 1 Speed Potentiometer 20 k 1/4 W included
Single-phase 100-115 VAC10% 50/60 Hz Single-phase 200-230 VAC10% 50/60 Hz
3 2 1
FBL2
L N N.C FG
L 9 GND 10 SPEED 11 OUT

ALARM 12 OUT
Ground Speed Signal Output Alarm Signal Output
Three-phase 200-230 VAC10% 50/60 Hz
L1 L2 L3 FG
L 9 GND 10 SPEED 11 OUT

ALARM 12 OUT
Speed Potentiometer 20 k 1/4 W (included)
Ground
AXU
Speed Signal Output Alarm Signal Output
Protective Earth (P.E.) Cross sectional area: AWG18 (0.75 mm2 min.)
Protective Earth (P.E.) Cross sectional area: AWG18 (0.75 mm2 min.)
AXH
Motor cable should be no more than 34.4 feet (10.5 m) in length. The motor comes with 20 inch (500 mm) long connector-equipped cable which can be extended by using an accessory extension cable (sold separately). There are six different length extension cables. Also there are flexible extension cables. [Length: 3.3 ft. (1 m), 6.6 ft. (2 m), 9.8 ft. (3 m), 16.8 ft. (5 m), 23 ft. (7 m), 32.8 ft. (10 m)] Extension Cables Page B-44 Signal wires and motor wires should be kept away from equipment, power cables and other sources of magnetic noise.
v Terminals
0.24 inch (6.2 mm) max.
Round Terminal with Insulation

0.13 inch min. (3.2 mm)
U-Shape Terminal with Insulation

0.24 inch (6.2 mm) max. 0.13 inch (3.2 mm) min.
Signal Input Timing Chart

Run/SpeedInput Signal Signal Select/Stop Input ON OFF ON CCW OFF ON SLOW DOWN OFF CW EXT.VR. ON OFF Run/ Change Direction/ Quick Reverse Brake Acceleration/ Deceleration Brake
CW Motor CW CW CCW CW CW
CW
All operations of run, stop, direction change, deceleration and instantaneous stop can be controlled by the input signals of CW, CCW and SLOW DOWN. If the CW input is set to ON, the motor rotates in a clockwise direction as viewed from the shaft end of the motor; if the CW input is set to OFF, the motor stops. If the CCW input is set to ON, the motor rotates in the counterclockwise direction as viewed from the shaft end of the motor; if the CCW input is set to OFF, the motor stops. If both of the CW and CCW input are set to ON, the motor rotates in the clockwise direction. The acceleration time is set by the built-in acceleration potentiometer (S.S.). If the SLOW DOWN input is set to ON, the deceleration time is the value set by the built-in deceleration potentiometer (S.D.); if this input is set to OFF, the motor stops instantaneously. If the EXT. VR. input is set to ON, the external speed potentiometer or external DC voltage can be selected; if this input is set to OFF, the built-in speed potentiometer is selected.
Notes: Pay attention to the temperature rise of the motor when used in applications requiring short cycles or bi-directional operation. Operate the motor so that the temperature of the motor case remains below 194F (90C) and the temperature of the driver remains below 176F (80C). If the temperature of the heat sink in the driver exceeds 194F (90C), the overheat performing protection activates and stops the motor. Precautions should be taken to ensure that while lowering the load or other operations in which the load exerts a rotational force on the motor shaft, the inverter's primary voltage does not exceed permissible levels, which could damage the driver.
Dimensions B-38
B-41
B-42
Input Signal Circuit v Input Circuit

Common to EXT.VR., CW, CCW, SLOW DOWN
INT. I/O power supply switch (Front panel) INPUT COM INPUT GND EXT. 4.8 k Reinforced insulation photocoupler
Output Signal Circuit v Output Circuit

Common to SPEED OUT and ALARM OUT
Driver Internal circuit External use OUTPUT condition 26.4 VDC max. 10 mA max. GND Reinforced insulation photocoupler
v Connection Example for Input Signals Control by Small Capacity Relays

Flip the I/O power supply switch to "INT.".
Driver EXT.VR. CW CCW SLOW DOWN GND ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF: Internal ON: External OFF: Stop ON: CW Rotation OFF: Stop ON: CCW Rotation OFF: Brake ON: Slow down
v Connection Example for Output Signals
Driver
Vcc User's controller
ALARM OUT SPEED OUT GND R
Use a small capacity contact point type relay capable of switching 24 VDC, 0.5 mA.
Control by Transistor Output Type PLC

Flip the I/O power supply switch to EXT. position (factory setting).
User's Controller 24 V Transistor Driver INPUT COM INPUT
Note: Since the signal output is an "Open Collector" output, an external power supply (Vcc) is necessary. For the external power supply, use 26.4 VDC or less and connect a limit resistance (R) not exceeding 10 mA. This connection is not necessary when the speed output or the alarm output functions are not used.
Speed signal output: Output at a rate of 12 pulses per motor rotation. Motor speed Speed output cycle rate [Hz] 12 60 [r/min]
EXT.VR. CW CCW SLOW DOWN
Alarm signal output: Output when the protection function for overload, overheat, overvoltage, under voltage or out-of-phase has been activated. When output, the current flows between ALARM OUT and GND terminal.
To check the motor speed visually, connect a speed indicator SDM496 (sold separately). See page A-214 for more information.
GND
GND
Precautions to observe when using a controller with an internal clamp diode: When using a controller with an internal clamp diode, be sure to set the I/O power supply switch on the front panel to the EXT. (external DC power supply) position. If the I/O power supply switch is in the INT. (built-in power supply) position, the current will flow as indicated by the arrows in the diagram, thereby causing the motor to run abnormally. Driver
Controller
Clamp Diode INPUT COM INPUT EXT.
INT.
2.4 k
24V
Transistor
GND
Features B-34
Specifications B-36
Method of Speed Setting v Speed Control by Built-in Potentiometer

Motor speed is adjusted by using the built-in potentiometer located on the front panel. The built-in potentiometer is selected when the EXT. VR. input has been set to OFF.
v Speed Control by External Potentiometer

To control the speed of the motor with an external potentiometer, connect the external potentiometer provided with the motor as follows. The EXT. VR. input should be set to ON.
Driver I/O 6 7 8 9 10 N.C. H M L GND Signal Wire 3.3 feet (1 m) - provided Shielded Wire
3
v Speed Control by External DC Voltage

To control the speed of the motor by DC voltage, connect the DC power supply as follows. The EXT. VR input should be set to ON.
Introduction
External Potentiometer High Speed 1

1
BX
Driver I/O 6 7 8 9 10 N.C. H M L GND
External DC Power Supply 05 VDC 1 mA min.
FBL2
2 3
Signal Wire 3.3 feet (1 m) provided Shielded Wire
AXU
11 SPEED OUT 12 ALARM OUT
11 SPEED OUT
AXH
12 ALARM OUT
BHF
3000 Speed r/min
3000
AC Motor Systems
2000
Speed r/min
2000
ES
1000
1000
US
20
40 60 Dial Plate Value
80
100
2 3 4 DC Voltage VDC
External speed potentiometer dial scalespeed characteristics (Representative Values)
DC voltagespeed characteristics (Representative Values)
Notes: Signal wires provided should be used. (0.13 in. dia. 3.3 ft. length) The shielded wire of the signal line should be connected to the GND terminal. Also ensure that the shielded wire does not come into contact with other terminals on the external potentiometer or DC voltage source. Do not allow the voltage to exceed 5V, and be sure that there are no errors in polarity when making the connections.
List of Motor and Driver Combinations

Model name for motor, driver and gearhead combinations are shown below.
Combination Type
Output Power HP 1/10 W 75 Model FBL575AW- FBL575CW- FBL575SW- FBL5120AW- FBL5120CW- FBL5120SW- Motor Model FBLM575W-GFB GFB5G FBLM5120W-GFB Gearhead Model Driver Model FBLD75AW FBLD75CW FBLD75SW FBLD120AW FBLD120CW FBLD120SW
1/6
120
Enter the gear ratio in the box () with the model name.
Round Shaft Type

Output Power HP W 1/10 75 Model FBL575AW-A FBL575CW-A FBL575SW-A FBL5120AW-A FBL5120CW-A FBL5120SW-A Motor Model Driver Model FBLD75AW FBLD75CW FBLD75SW FBLD120AW FBLD120CW FBLD120SW
FBLM575W-A
1/6
120
FBLM5120W-A
Dimensions B-38
B-43
B-44
Accessories (Sold separately)

Extension Cable
Model CC01FBL CC02FBL CC03FBL CC05FBL CC07FBL CC10FBL Length: L [ft. (m)] 3.3 (1) 6.6 (2) 9.8 (3) 16.4 (5) 23.0 (7) 32.8 (10) Max. extended length: 34.5 feet (10.5 m)
Motor Side Housing 555912P (MOLEX) Driver Side Housing 555712R (MOLEX) L
Flexible Extension Cable

Model CC01FBLR CC02FBLR CC03FBLR CC05FBLR CC07FBLR CC10FBLR Length: L [ft. (m)] 3.3 (1) 6.6 (2) 9.8 (3) 16.4 (5) 23.0 (7) 32.8 (10) Max. extended length: 34.5 feet (10.5 m)
Motor Side 0.41 inch (10.5 mm) Housing 555912P (MOLEX) Driver Side Housing 555712R (MOLEX) L
v Precautions for use of the Flexible Extension Cables

(1) Do not bend the cable at the cable connector location. (2) Use the product with a minimum bend radius of 2.36 inch (60 mm). OK OK Avoide Avoide (3) The motor cable itself is not designed to be bent. When bending is necessary, be sure to bend at the flexible extension cable.
Motor cable (It must be fixed.) Motor Driver
Flexible extension cable (Bendable)
Features B-34
Specifications B-36

Introduction BX FBL2 AXH US AXU BHF ES
Dimensions B-38
B-45
Brushless DC Motor Systems DC Input AC Input Before Using a Speed Control System
AC Motor Systems
B-46
AXU Series
The AXU Series combines a compact, brushless DC motor with a speed control unit. These systems provide space savings, easy wiring and simple operation.
The gearhead shown in the photograph is sold separately.
Features
Easy Connection and Simple Operation

Just connect the motor connector to the control unit, and the AXU is ready for immediate use. The rate of rotation is easy to adjust using the speed control dial on the front of the speed control unit.
External Control Possible

Run/Stop, rotation direction and instantaneous stops can be controlled with external signals.
External Control Signal Control Unit Motor
Run/Stop
SPEED CONT ROL UNIT AXUD25A
Change Direction
LOW HIGH
POWER ALARM
Instantaneous Stop
RUN STAND-BY
ORIENTAL MOTOR
Thin and Compact

Compared to an AC speed control motor, the use of a brushless DC motor significantly reduces the size of the motor. Motor Length: 1.65 inch (42 mm) for 10 W, 25 W 2.24 inch (57 mm) for 40 W, 90 W
Wide Speed Range and Constant Torque

Even with an available speed range of 1002000 r/min, the AXU Series motor maintains a constant torque.

Standards Certification Body UL
Superior Speed Stability Speed regulation characteristics are 2% maximum with load, 1% maximum with voltage and 1% maximum with temperature. Acceleration/Deceleration Functions AXU Series motors can be set to accelerate and decelerate when the start and stop input is used. Protective Functions The AXU Series is equipped with protective functions to handle overload, overvoltage, out-of-phase, undervoltage and overspeed. When an abnormality is detected, an alarm is output and the motor comes to a stop. Motor Construction IP65 A grade IP65 indicates protection against jets of water. It is safety if get splashed accidentally. However it is not suitable for washing the motor nor being operated under the circumstance of being splashed constantly.
CE Marking
Standards File No. E208200
UL1950 CSA C22.2 No.950 Motor EN60950 EN60034-1 EN60034-5 UL508C Control Unit CSA C22.2 No.14 EN60950 EN50178
Conform to EN/IEC Standards
Low Voltage Directives EMC Directives
UL
E171462
When the system is approved under various safety standards, the model names on the motor and control unit nameplates are the approved model names. List of Motor and Control Unit CombinationsPage B-57 Details of Safety StandardsPage G-2 The EMC value changes according to the wiring and layout. Therefore, the final EMC level must be checked with the motor/control unit incorporated in the equipment.
Features B-46
Specifications B-48
Mounting Brackets (Accessories) (Page A-204) Motor
Introduction
BX
Control Unit
Programmable Controller
(Not Supplied)
FBL2
AC (Not Supplied) Power Supply Gearhead (Sold separately)
AXU
AXU Series
AXH
Product Number Code

Motor and Control Unit
Product Line
AXU Series
Output Power HP 1/75 W 10 Power Supply Voltage Model Pinion Shaft Round Shaft
AXU 4 25 A - GN
Shaft Type GN : Pinion Shaft (for use with GN gearhead) GU : Pinion Shaft (for use with GU gearhead) A : Round Shaft
ES US
Single-Phase 100-115 VAC AXU210A-GN AXU210A-A Single-Phase 200-230 VAC AXU210C-GN AXU210C-A Three-Phase 200-230 VAC 1/30 25
AXU210S-GN AXU210S-A
Voltage A: Single-Phase 100-115 VAC C: Single-Phase 200-230 VAC S: Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Output Power 10: 10 W (1/75 HP) 25: 25 W (1/30 HP) Motor Frame Size 2: 2.36 in. sq. (60 mm sq.) 40: 40 W (1/19 HP) 4 : 3.15 in. sq. (80 mm sq.) Series 90: 90 W (1/8 HP) 5 : 3.54 in. sq. (90 mm sq.) AXU: AXU Series
Single-Phase 100-115 VAC AXU590A-GU AXU590A-A Single-Phase 200-230 VAC AXU590C-GU AXU590C-A Three-Phase 200-230 VAC
Gearhead
AXU590S-GU AXU590S-A
4 GN 50 KA
Type of Bearings and Shaft Size KA: Ball bearing type and inch-sized output shaft KHA: Ball bearing type and inch-sized output shaft for higher torque
Gearheads (Sold Separately)

Gearhead Model 2GNKA Gear Ratio 3180
Gear Ratio (Example) 50: Gear ratio of 50:1 10X: Denotes decimal gearhead with 10:1 gear ratio Gearhead Type GN: GN type (for use with GN-type pinion shaft motor) GU: GU type (for use with GU-type pinion shaft motor) Gearhead Frame Size 2: 2.36 in. sq. (60 mm sq.) 4: 3.15 in. sq. (80 mm sq.) 5: 3.54 in. sq. (90 mm sq.) Gearheads must match the motor installation dimensions and shaft type.
2GN10XK (Decimal Gearhead) 4GNKA 4GN10XK (Decimal Gearhead) 5GNKA 5GN10XK (Decimal Gearhead) 5GUKA 5GUKHA (High Power Type)
3180 3180 3180 50180
5GU10XKB (Decimal Gearhead)[for 5GUKA] 5GU10XK (Decimal Gearhead)[for 5GUKHA] Enter the appropriate gear ratio in the box () within the gearhead model name.
Dimensions B-51
Motor and Control Unit Combinations B-57
B-47
B-48
Specifications
Package Model Rated Output Power Voltage Power Source Frequency Rated Input Current Rated Torque Starting Torque Rated Speed Variable Speed Range Speed Regulation Load Voltage Temperature A 0.7 0.9 0.4 0.6 7.1 (0.05) 8.5 (0.06) 2.7 (0.5) 2000 1002000 (speed ratio 20:1) 2% Max. (0 rated torque, at rated speed) 1% Max. (power supply voltage 10 %, at rated speed with no load) 1% Max. (32F104F [0C40C] at rated speed with no load) 0.25 0.4 Maximum Input Current A oz-in (Nm) oz-in (Nm) r/min r/min Pinion Shaft Type Round Shaft Type HP (W) Single-Phase
UC
AXU210A-GN AXU210C-GN AXU210S-GN AXU425A-GN AXU425C-GN AXU425S-GN AXU210A-A AXU210C-A
AXU210S-A
Three-Phase
AXU425A-A
Single-Phase
AXU425C-A
AXU425S-A
Three-Phase
100-115 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10% 100-115 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10% 50/60 Hz 1.1 1.5 0.65 0.9 17.7 (0.125) 21 (0.15) 9.8 (1.8) 0.4 0.7
Permissible Load Inertia J oz-in2 (10-4kgm2)
UC
Package Model Rated Output Power Voltage Power Source Frequency Rated Input Current Rated Torque Starting Torque Rated Speed Variable Speed Range Speed Regulation Load Voltage Temperature A 1.65 2.1 1.0 1.3 28 (0.20) 34 (0.24) 18.1 (3.3) 2000 1002000 (speed ratio 20:1) 2% Max. (0 rated torque, at rated speed) 1% Max. (power supply voltage 10 %, at rated speed with no load) 1% Max. (32F104F [0C40C] at rated speed with no load) 0.5 0.8 Maximum Input Current A oz-in (Nm) oz-in (Nm) r/min r/min Pinion Shaft Type Round Shaft Type HP (W) Single-Phase
AXU540A-GN AXU540C-GN AXU540S-GN AXU590A-GU AXU590C-GU AXU590S-GU AXU540A-A AXU540C-A

AXU540S-A
Three-Phase
AXU590A-A
Single-Phase
AXU590C-A
AXU590S-A
Three-Phase
100-115 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10% 100-115 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10% 50/60 Hz 2.5 3.3 1.45 2.0 63 (0.45) 76 (0.54) 32 (5.8) 0.8 1.2
Permissible Load Inertia J oz-in2 (10-4kgm2)
The Permissible Load Inertia specified above is only applicable to round shaft types. Permissible Load Inertia for Gearmotor TypePage B-50
Item Acceleration/Deceleration Time Speed Control Method Input Signal Output Signal Specifications 0.510 sec. (at 2,000 r/min with no load) set by a potentiometer Speed potentiometer on front panel Photocoupler Input, Input Impedance 2 k, Operated by internal power supply Common Clockwise (CW) and Counterclockwise (CCW) Inputs Open Collector Output, External Use Condition 26.4 VDC, 10 mA Max. Speed Signal Output (SPEED OUT) 30 P/R, Alarm Signal Output (ALARM OUT) When the following are activated, the alarm signal will be output and the motor will come to a stop: Overload Protection: Activated when the motor load exceeds rated torque for a minimum of 5 seconds. Protection Functions 1 Overvoltage Protection: Activated when the voltage applied to the control unit exceeds 115 VAC or 230 VAC by a minimum of 20%. Out-of-Phase Protection: Activated when motor signals are abnormal, due to disconnection of cable. Undervoltage Protection: Activated when the voltage applied to the control unit falls below 100 VAC or 200 VAC by a minimum of 30%. Overspeed Protection: Activated when the speed exceeds 2800 r/min. Motor Insulation Class Rating Class E (248F [120C]) 2 Continuous
1 Motor speed cannot be controlled in applications where the motors shaft is turned by the load, as in lowering operations. To prevent damage to the driver during lowering operations, the motor comes to a natural stop if the primary voltage of the drivers inverter exceeds the permissible value. 2 Motor insulation is recognized as Class A [221F (105C)] by UL and CSA standards.
Features B-46
Specifications B-48
Item Insulation Resistance Motor 100 M or more when 500 VDC megger is applied between the windings and the frame. Sufficient to withstand 1.5 kVAC at 50 Hz applied between the windings and the frame for 1 minute. 32F122F (0C50C) (nonfreezing) Control Unit 100 M or more when 500 VDC megger is applied between the power supply input terminal and the ground terminal, and between the power supply input terminal and the I/O terminal. Sufficient to withstand 1.8 kVAC at 50 Hz applied between the ground terminal and the power supply input terminal for 1 minute, and 3 kVAC at 50 Hz applied between the ground terminal and the I/O terminal for 1 minute. 32F104F (0C40C)(nonfreezing) No corrosive gases or dust
Dielectric Strength Operating Conditions Ambient Temperature Atmosphere
Introduction
Environment Humidity
85% maximum (noncondensing)
BX
Degree of Protection
IP65 (except for the mounting surface)
IP10
For round shaft types: Please attach to the following sizes of heat sinks to maintain a maximum motor housing temperature of 194 F (90 C) AXU210-A: 5:31 in. 5.31 in. (135 mm135 mm), 0.20 in. (5 mm) thick AXU540-A: 7.87 in. 7.87 in. (200 mm200 mm), 0.20 in. (5 mm) thick AXU425-A: 6:50 in. 6.50 in. (165 mm165 mm), 0.20 in. (5 mm) thick AXU590-A: 7.87 in. 7.87 in. (200 mm200 mm), 0.20 in. (5 mm) thick Ambient temperature of the motor is recognized as 32 F104 F (0 C40 C) by UL and CSA Standards.
FBL2
Maximum Torque When Using a Decimal Gearhead 2GNKA with 2GN10XK: 26 lb-in (3 Nm) 4GNKA with 4GN10XK: 70 lb-in (8 Nm) All gear ratios except 25:1, 30:1, 36:1: 53 lb-in (6 Nm)
Speed Range r/min Gear Ratio AXU210A-GN AXU210C-GN AXU210S-GN AXU425A-GN AXU425C-GN AXU425S-GN AXU540A-GN AXU540C-GN AXU540S-GN 2GNKA 33 28 20
GearmotorTorque Table
AXU
5GNKA with 5GN10XK: 88 lb-in (10 Nm) 5GUKA with 5GU10XKB: 177 lb-in (20 Nm) 5GUKHA with 5GU10XK: 260 lb-in (30 Nm)
17 13 11 8 6.7 5.6 4 80 25 3.3 67 30 2.8 56 36 2
AXH
UnitUpper Values: lb-in/Lower Values: Nm

1.7 33 60 1.3 27 75 1.1 22 1 20 0.83 0.67 0.56
Model Motor/Gearhead
BHF
667 556 400 333 267 222 160 133 111 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 12.5 15 18
40 50
17
13
11
AC Motor Systems
90 100 120 150 180

ES
1.06 1.32 1.77 2.1 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.4 8.0 9.7 11.5 15 17.7 22 0.12 0.15 0.2 0.24 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.73 0.91 1.1 1.3 1.7 2 2.5 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.7 8.0 11.5 13.2 15.9 20 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.76 0.91 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.3 4.3 5.1 7.1 8.5 10.6 13.2 17.7 21 0.49 0.58 0.81 0.97 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.4 9.7 11.5 15.9 19.4 23 1.1 1.3 1.8 2.2 2.7 29 3.3 36 4.1 43 4.9 25 2.9 52 5.9 32 3.7 65 7.4 23 2.7 38 4.4 29 3.3 46 5.3 36 4.1 58 6.6 44 5 69 7.9 54 6.2 87 9.9
26 3 65 7.4 88 10
26 3 70 8 88 10
26 3 70 8 88 10
26 3 70 8 88 10
26 3
US
4GNKA
70 8 88 10
5GNKA
5GUKA AXU590A-GU AXU590C-GU AXU590S-GU 5GUKHA
78 94 131 157 176 177 177 177 177 177 8.9 10.7 14.9 17.8 19.9 20 20 20 20 20 131 157 176 210 230 260 260 260 14.9 17.8 19.9 23.9 26.6 30 30 30
Enter the appropriate gear ratio in the box () within the gearhead model name. A colored background indicates gear shaft rotation in the same direction as the motor shaft; a white background indicates rotation in the opposite direction. KA type is standard gearhead. KHA type is high-powered gearhead.

Gearheads
Model Permissible Overhung Load Gear Ratio 318 25180 318 25180 318 25180 39 5GUKA 5GUKHA 12.518 25180 50180 0.39 in. (10 mm) from shaft end 0.79 in. (20 mm) from shaft end lb. 2GNKA 4GNKA 5GNKA 11.2 27 22 45 56 67 90 101 112 90 N 50 120 100 200 250 300 400 450 500 400 lb. 18 40 33 67 78 101 112 135 157 135 N 80 180 150 300 350 450 500 600 700 600 33 150 33 150 Permissible Trust Load lb. 6.7 11.2 22 N 30 50 100
Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name. KA type is standard gearhead. KHA type is high-powered gearhead.
Dimensions B-51 Connection and Operation B-55 Motor and Control Unit Combinations B-57
B-49
Torque
8 0.05 6 4 2 0 0 0 100 1000 Speed [r/min] Continuous Duty Region
Rated Torque
Torque
Torque
0.2
30 20 Continuous Duty Region
Rated Torque
Torque
B-50
Round Shaft Type

Permissible Overhung Load Model AXU210-A AXU425-A AXU540-A AXU590-A 0.39 in. (10 mm) from shaft end 0.79 in. (20 mm) from shaft end lb. 15.7 27 36 36 N 70 120 160 160 lb. 22 31 38 38 N 100 140 170 170
Enter the appropriate letter in the box () within the motor model name. (A: Single-phase 100-115 VAC, C: Single-phase 200-230 VAC, S: Three-phase 200-230 VAC). Permissible Thrust Load: Avoid thrust loads as much as possible. If a thrust load is unavoidable, keep it to no more than half the motor weight.
Permissible Load Inertia J

Model Motor/Gearhead Gear Ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 12.5 15 77 14 18 25 30 36 AXU210-GN/2GNKA AXU425-GN/4GNKA AXU540-GN/5GNKA AXU590-GU/5GUKA AXU590-GU/5GUKHA 3.1 4.4 8.5 12.2 19.1 27 53 0.558 0.804 1.55 2.23 3.49 5.02 9.69 10.8 15.6 1.98 2.85 19.7 28 3.6 5.18 49 9 / 71 13 / 30 5.5 55 10 137 25 / 110 210 310 440 20.1 38.8 55.8 80.4
UnitUpper Values: oz-in2/Lower Values: 104 kgm2

50 850 155 60 850 155 75 850 155 90 100 120 150 180 850 155 850 155 850 155 850 155 850 155
97 188 270 390 43 68 7.92 12.4 17.8 34.4 49.5 71.3 79 123 177 340 14.4 22.5 32.4 62.5 197 36 / 310 56.3 / 440 81 / 490 90
750 1080 1560 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 138 198 285 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550
710 1370 1970 2800 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 130 250 360 518 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
850 1230 1770 3400 4900 7100 13700 13700 13700 13700 13700 13700 13700 13700 156 225 324 625 900 1296 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 / / / / / / 13700 13700 13700 13700 13700 13700 13700 13700 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500
Enter the appropriate letter in the box () within the motor model name. (A: Single-phase 100-115 VAC, C: Single-phase 200-230 VAC, S: Three-phase 200-230 VAC). Enter the appropriate gear ratio in the box () within the gearhead model name.
SpeedTorque Characteristics
AXU210A-GN/AXU210C-GN/AXU210S-GN AXU210A-A/AXU210C-A/AXU210S-A
[N m] [oz-in] 0.1 14 12 10 Starting Torque Limited Duty Region
[N m] [oz-in] 25 0.15 20 15 10 0.05 5 0 0 0 100 1000 Speed [r/min] 2000 Continuous Duty Region Starting Torque Limited Duty Region Rated Torque
0.1
2000
[N m] [oz-in] 0.4 50 0.3 Starting Torque 40 Limited Duty Region
AXU590A-GU/AXU590C-GU/AXU590S-GU AXU590A-A/AXU590C-A/AXU590S-A
[N m] [oz-in] 0.8 100 0.6 80 Rated Torque 0.4 0.2 20 0 0 0 100 1000 Speed [r/min] 2000 60 40 Continuous Duty Region Starting Torque Limited Duty Region
0.1 10 0 0 0 100
1000 Speed [r/min]
2000
Features B-46
Specifications B-48

v Motor/Gearhead
Mounting screws are included with gearheads. Dimensions for screws Page B-133
AXU210A-GN, AXU210C-GN, AXU210S-GN Pinion Shaft Type Motor Gearhead AXUM210-GN 2GNKA Weight: 1.1 lb. (0.5 kg) Weight: 0.88 lb. (0.4 kg) d A289AU (2GN3KA18KA) A289BU (2GN25KA180KA)
0.31250 0.0006 5/16" 0 (7.9370.015 ) 0.94 (24) 2.36 ( 60) 0.177 (4.5) 4 Holes
1.65 (42) 0.31 (8)
L 0.12 (3)
1.26 (32)
0.50 (12.7)
2.36 (60)
60 2.7 0.5) 0 7 (
.02
Introduction
0.293 (7.437)
0.39 (10)
BX
0.43 (11)
Cable 0.31 (8) 20 inch (500 mm) Length 2GN3KA~18KA: L = 1.18 (30) 2GN25KA~180KA: L = 1.57 (40)
Connector Housing 5557-10R (MOLEX) Ring Terminal SRA-21T-4 (JST)
1.22 (31)
FBL2 AXU
v Round Shaft Type

AXU210A-A, AXU210C-A, AXU210S-A Round Shaft Type Motor: AXUM210-A Weight: 1.1 lb. (0.5 kg) d A316
0 0.2362 0.0005 0 2.1260 0.0012
v Decimal Gearhead
(Can be connected to AXU210GN pinion shaft type.) 2GN10XK Weight: 0.44 lb. (0.2 kg) d A003
AXH BHF
AC Motor Systems
(540.030 )
(60.012 )
1.65 (42) 0.31 (8)
0.94 (24) 0.08 (2)
2.36 ( 60) 0.177 (4.5) 4 Holes
2.1260 0 0.0012
54 0 0.030
2.36 (60)
6 0 2.7 0.5) 0 ( 7
.02
1.52 (38.5) 0.49(12.5) 1.02 (26) 0.08 (2)
ES
2.36 (60)
2.76 .5) 0 ( 70
2 0.0
US
(
0.177 (4.5) 4 Holes 3.15 ( 80) 0.217 (5.5) 4 Holes
0.43 (11)
Connector Housing 5557-10R (MOLEX) Ring Terminal SRA-21T-4 (JST)
1.22 (31)
v Motor/Gearhead
0.347 0.37500 0.0006 3/8" (8.825) (9.5250 0.015) 0.59 (15) 1.34 (34)
AXU425A-GN, AXU425C-GN, AXU425S-GN Pinion Shaft Type Motor Gearhead AXUM425-GN 4GNKA 1.65 L Weight: 1.76 lb. (0.8 kg) Weight: 1.43 lb. (0.65 kg) d A291AU (4GN3KA18KA) A291BU (4GN25KA180KA)
(42) 0.31 (8) 0.12 (3)
1.26 (32)
0.50 (12.7)
0 0 3.7 40.5) 9 (
.02
0.43 (11)
3.15 (80)
Connector Housing 5557-10R (MOLEX) Ring Terminal Cable 0.31 (8) SRA-21T-4 (JST) 20 inch (500 mm) Length 4GN3KA~18KA: L = 1.26 (32) 4GN25KA~180KA: L = 1.67 (42.5)
1.22 (31)
Dimensions B-51
B-51
0 0.3150 0.0006
(80.015 )
2.8740 0 0.0012
(730.030 )
0.28 (7)
0 (73 0.030 )
3.15 (80)
0.98 (25)
0 2.8740 0.0012
0.43 (11)
AXU540A-GN, AXU540C-GN, AXU540S-GN Pinion Shaft Type Motor Gearhead AXUM540-GN 5GNKA Weight: 3.1 lb. (1.4 kg) Weight: 3.3 lb. (1.5 kg) d A313AU (5GN3KA18KA) A313BU (5GN25KA180KA)
3.54 (90)
0.45 0.5000 0 0.0007 1/2" (11.4) (12.70 0.018) 0.71 (18) 1.42 (36)
0.43 (11)
0 0.3937 0.0006 0 (100.015 )
0 3.2677 0.0014
0 3.26770.0014
(830.035 )
0.35 (9)
0 (83 0.035 )
3.54 (90)
0.43 (11)
B-52
v Round Shaft Type

1.65 (42) 0.31 (8) 1.26 (32) 0.08 (2) 3.15 ( 80) 0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
v Decimal Gearhead
1.79 (45.5) 1.26 (32) 0.53 (13.5) 0.08 (2) 3.15 (80)
0 0 3.7 0.5) ( 94
.02
3.70 ) 0.5 ( 94
0.02
0.217 (5.5) 4 Holes 1.22 Connector Housing (31) 5557-10R (MOLEX) Cable 0.31 (8) Ring Terminal 20 inch (500 mm) Length SRA-21T-4 (JST)
v Motor/Gearhead
2.24 (57) 0.39 (10) L 0.12 (3) 1.26 (32)
0.75 (19)
3.54 ( 90) 0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
) 09 0.5 4. 104 (
0.0
Connector Housing 5557-10R (MOLEX) Ring Terminal Cable 0.31 (8) 20 inch (500 mm) Length SRA-21T-4 (JST) 5GN3KA18KA : L = 1.65 (42) 5GN25KA180KA : L = 2.36 (60)
1.22 (31)
v Round Shaft Type

2.24 (57) 0.39 (10) 1.46 (37) 0.08 (2) 1.18 (30)
v Decimal Gearhead
3.54 ( 90) 0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
9 0 4.0 4 0.5) ( 10
.02
2.17 (55) 1.46 (37) 0.08 (2)
0.71 (18)
3.54 (90)
4.09 .5) 0 ( 104
0.02
0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes 1.22 (31) Connector Housing 5557-10R (MOLEX) Ring Terminal SRA-21T-4 (JST)
Features B-46
Specifications B-48
v Motor/Gearhead
AXU590A-GU, AXU590C-GU, AXU590S-GU Pinion Shaft Type Motor Gearhead AXUM590-GU 5GUKA Weight: 3.1 lb. (1.4 kg) Weight: 3.3 lb. (1.5 kg) d A315
0 0.6250 0.0005 5/8"
0.1875 0.0012
0 4.763 0.03
0.71 (18) 1.34 (34)
3.54 (90)
0.02 4.09 0.5) 4 0 1 (
1.125 0.008 (28.58 0.2)
0.1875 0.0012
0.1875
(4.763 0 0.03)
0.108
1.125 (28.58)
0.0016 0 0.040 4.763 0
(
BX
0.004 0 0.1 2.743 0
2.24 (57) 0.39 (10)
2.56 (65) 0.28 (7)
1.50 (38)
(15.875 0 0.011)
0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
Introduction
FBL2
0.43 (11)
AXU
Connector Housing 5557-10R (MOLEX) Ring Terminal SRA-21T-4 (JST) Cable 0.31 (8) 20 inch (500 mm) Length
1.22 (31) 3.54 ( 90)
AXH
v Round Shaft Type

0 0.4724 0.0007
v Decimal Gearhead
5GU10XKB (for 5GUKA) 5GU10XK (for 5GUKHA) Weight: 1.32 lb. (0.6 kg) d A029
ES BHF
AC Motor Systems
(120.018 )
2.24 (57) 0.39 (10)
1.46 (37) 0.08 (2) 1.18 (30)
3.54 ( 90) 0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes

9 0 4.0 4 0.5) 1 ( 0
.02
2.40 (61) 1.57 (40) 0.08 (2)
0.83 (21)
3.54 (90)
US
3.2677 0 0.0014
0 3.2677 0.0014
0 0.035
(830.035 )
0.02 4.09 ) 0.5 ( 104
3.54 (90)
0.45 (11.5)
(83
5GU10XKB: 0.425 (10.8) 4 Holes 5GU10XK: 0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
0.43 (11)
1.22 (31) Connector Housing 5557-10R (MOLEX) Ring Terminal SRA-21T-4 (JST)
v High-Power Type Gearhead

5GUKHA (For AXU590GU type) Weight: 4.2 lb. (1.9 kg) d A038U
0.39 (10) 3.35 (85) 0.47 (12) 1.65 (42) 0.28 (7) 1.125 (28.58) 3.54 (90)
0.7500 0 0.0008
0 19.050.021
1.93 (49)

(The key is provided with the gearhead) 1.125 (28.58) 0.188 0 0.0020 (4.763 0.051)
0
0.71 (18)
0.0020 0.188 0
(4.763
0.051
0
) 0.106 (2.69)
1.57 (40)
1.93 (49)
9 0 4.0 0.5) 4 1 ( 0
M6 P14Places
.02
0.335 (8.5)4 Holes
(4.763 0.051)
0.188 0 0.0020
Dimensions B-51
B-53
0.25 (6.32) 0.3 (7.62) Pitch
0.25 (6.32) 0.3 (7.62) Pitch 3.15 (80) 3.54 (90)
3.94 (100)
M35 Places
M3-3 Places
0.14 (3.5)
4 Holes
0.18 (4.5)2 Holes
v Control Unit Panel Cut-Out

0.18 (4.5) Holes2 Places
2.09
(
v Connection Cable (included)
0.39 (10) Connect to Power Source 1.18 (30) 78.5 (2000)
0.04 0 1 53 0
Panel Cut-Out
3.54 0.008 (900.2)
3.19
0.04 0
1 (810 )
Connect to Control Unit For single-phase: 3 wires (2UL Style 3266, AWG20/1-UL Style 3266, AWG 18) For three-phase: 4 wires (3UL Style 3266, AWG20/1-UL Style 3266, AWG 18)
B-54
3.54 (90)
v Control Unit
AXUD10A, AXUD10C, AXUD10S AXUD25A, AXUD25C, AXUD25S AXUD40A, AXUD40C, AXUD40S AXUD90A, AXUD90C, AXUD90S Weight: 0.88 lb. (0.4 kg) d A293
2.04 (52) 1.97 (50) M42 Places 4.47 max. (113.5) 4.04 (102.5) 0.08 (2) 0.45 (11.5) 0.06 (1.5) 2.36 (60)
Features B-46
Specifications B-48

Speed potentiometer
Turning the potentiometer clockwise causes the speed to increase. Speed setting range is 1002000 r/min. The setting is 0 r/min at the time of shipment.
Ground
For the Protective Earth cable, use a cable with a diameter equivalent to AWG18 or more.
Names and Functions of Control Unit

SPEED CONTROL UNIT AXUD25A
POWER ALARM
v Operation
The direction of motor rotation is as viewed from the output shaft end of the motor. "CW" indicates clockwise direction, while "CCW" indicates counterclockwise direction.
LOW
HIGH
Introduction
RUN/STAND-BY Switch
RUN
STAND-BY
Operation Using the RUN/STAND-BY Switch

When the RUN/STAND-BY switch is set to the "RUN" position, the motor will run. When it is set to the "STAND-BY" position, the motor will stop.
BX
Front of Control Unit Input/output connection signal terminals

CW input COM CCW input SPEED output ALARM output
MOTOR CW COM CCW SPEED OUT ALARM OUT NC L N
FBL2
Motor connection connector
Power connection terminals Protective earth terminal
The direction of rotation depends on how the short circuit bar at the back of control unit is connected. Connect the short circuit bar between the CW and COM or CCW and COM. Do not use the short circuit bar for any other purpose.
CW Rotation
CW COM Short Circuit Bar CCW Short Circuit Bar
AXU
CCW Rotation
CW COM CCW
AXH BHF
Back of Control Unit

Notes: The RUN/STAND-BY switch is not a power ON/OFF switch. When you want to stop the motor for an extended period, turn off the control unit power.
AC Motor Systems
Operating Using External Signals

Set the RUN/STAND-BY switch to the "RUN" position.
ES
Connection Diagrams v Motor and Control Unit Connection

Control Unit Motor
See "Input Circuit Connection Example" shown on the next page for connection.
Terminal cover
MOTOR
Timing Chart v Operating Using External Signals

Run/direction of rotation selection
Motor connection connector
W OM CCW
Run/instantaneous stop/reversing after instantaneous stop
Input /output connection signal terminals For connection, use a twisted pair or shielded wire Terminal cover
PEED
ARM
AC
RUN/STAND-BY Switch
RUN
STAND-BY
Power connection terminals Cable included
20 ms min.
Motor cable
ON CW input OFF
To power supply Grounding
20 ms min.
ON CCW input OFF
Motor Connection
Insert the motor cable connector into the motor connector (MOTOR) on the control unit. Insert it until a click sound is audible. To expand the distance between the motor and control unit, use an optional extension cable. The connection can be extended to a maximum of 34.4 feet (10.5 m). Extension cablePage B-57
CW Motor operation CCW
Power Connection
Connect the included power supply cable to the power supply terminal of the control unit. When the included power supply cable is not used, use a cable with a diameter equivalent to AWG22 or more. In that case, round crimp terminals with insulation should be used.
0.24 inch max. (6.2 mm) 0.13 inch min. (3.2 mm)
0.5s
Note: The CW and CCW input signals must be ON for at least 20 ms.
When both the CW and CCW inputs are turned on, the motor stops instantaneously. Motor does not run for 0.5 s after instantaneous stop, if a reversing run signal is input.
Recommended Crimp Terminals
0.35 inch min.(9 mm)
Dimensions B-51
B-55
B-56
Signal Input Circuit v Input Circuit

14V CW CCW
Signal Output Circuit v Output Circuit

SPEED ALARM
Reinforced Photocoupler
Reinforced Photocoupler
2k COM
COM
v Input Circuit Connection Example

Set the RUN/STAND-BY switch to the "RUN" position. Small-capacity switch and relay
OFF ON CW COM OFF ON CCW
v Output Circuit Connection Example

External Controller
Vcc
Control Unit
SPEED OUT ALARM OUT
R COM
Use a small-capacity contact type relay capable of opening and closing 12 VDC, 5 mA.
Transistor output type controller

CW COM CCW
Notes: The signal output is Open Collector Output. Use the power supply of 26.4 VDC or less to connect the limit resistance (R) so that output current does not exceed 10 mA.
SPEED Output
The speed output signal is synchronized with the motor speed. The system outputs pulses (with a width of approximately 0.5 ms) at a rate of 30 pulses per rotation of the motor output shaft. You can measure the speed output frequency and calculate motor speed.
Motor Speed (r/min) SPEED Output Frequency [Hz] 30 1 T 60
Rotation Direction of Motor CW (clockwise) directional operation When CW input is turned on, the motor runs in a clockwise direction. When CW input is turned off, the motor stops. CCW (counterclockwise) directional operation When CCW input is turned on, the motor runs in a counterclockwise direction. When CCW input is turned off, the motor stops. When both the CW and CCW inputs are turned on simultaneously, the motor stops instantly. Instantaneous reversing operation is not possible. Notes: Wait for more than 20 ms when changing input signals of CW and CCW. Do not use a solid state relay (SSR) to turn on or off power. The motor and control unit may be damaged if it is used. When you want to use the controller with a built-in clamp diode, pay attention to the sequence of turning on or off the power. Power ON : Controller ONControl Unit ON Power OFF : Control Unit OFFController OFF
External Controller Vcc CW CCW Control Unit
SPEED Output Frequency (Hz)
0.5ms T
To check the reduced motor speed visually (the speed at the motor output shaft or at the gearhead output shaft), connect a speed indicator SDM496 (sold separately). Speed IndicatorPage A-214 Notes for Connection: When you want to extend the input/output signal cable, the length must not exceed 6.6ft. (2m). The cable should be as short as possible in order to minimize noise. Signal wires and motor wires should be kept away from equipment, power cables and other sources of magnetic noise.
+14V
Setting the Acceleration/Deceleration Time

The motor accelerates slowly when it starts up and decelerates slowly when it stops. This acceleration/ deceleration time can be set within the range from 0.5 to 10 sec (2000 r/min without load). The time can be set using the acceleration/deceleration potentiometer. Remove the front panel of control unit to access the potentiometer.
The figure shows the control unit with the front panel removed.
COM
If the control unit power is turned on first when connected as shown above, or the controller power is turned off with the control unit power turned on, current will be applied, as indicated by the arrows in the diagram. This may cause the motor to run. When the power is turned on or off simultaneously, the motor may run temporarily due to differences in power capacity. The controller power must be turned on first, and control unit power must be turned off first.
Acceleration/Deceleration time setting potentiometer

Time is increased by turning the switch clockwise. Use an insulated Phillips Screwdriver for this operation. The shortest time is selected at the time of shipment.
Short
Long
Features B-46
Specifications B-48
List of Motor and Control Unit Combinations

Pinion Shaft Type
Output Power HP 1/75 W 10 Model AXU210A-GN AXU210C-GN AXU210S-GN AXU425A-GN 1/30 25 AXU425C-GN AXU425S-GN AXU540A-GN 1/19 40 AXU540C-GN AXU540S-GN AXU590A-GU 1/8 90 AXU590C-GU AXU590S-GU AXUM590-GU AXUM540-GN AXUM425-GN AXUM210-GN Motor Model Control Unit Model AXUD10A AXUD10C AXUD10S AXUD25A AXUD25C AXUD25S AXUD40A AXUD40C AXUD40S AXUD90A
Introduction BX Brushless DC Motor Systems DC Input AC Input FBL2
AXUD90C AXUD90S
Round Shaft Type

Output Power HP 1/75 W 10 Model AXU210A-A AXU210C-A AXU210S-A AXU425A-A 1/30 25 AXU425C-A AXU425S-A AXU540A-A 1/19 40 AXU540C-A AXU540S-A AXU590A-A 1/8 90 AXU590C-A AXU590S-A AXUM590-A AXUM540-A AXUM425-A AXUM210-A Motor Model Control Unit Model AXUD10A AXUD10C AXUD10S AXUD25A AXUD25C AXUD25S AXUD40A
AXU AXH BHF ES
AC Motor Systems
AXUD40C AXUD40S AXUD90A
US
AXUD90C AXUD90S

Extension Cables
Model CC01AXU CC02AXU CC03AXU CC05AXU CC10AXU Length: L [ft. (m)] 3.3 (1) 6.6 (2) 9.8 (3) 16.4 (5) 32.8 (10)
Motor Side Housing 5559-10P (MOLEX) Housing 5557-10R(MOLEX) Control Unit Side L
Maximum extension length is 34.4 ft. (10.5m).
Dimensions B-51
B-57
2.1 in. (7 3i 0m n. m) (5 4m
m)
Serie
s
e s
Torque
2.7
B-58
AXH Series
The AXH Series combines a compact, brushless DC speed control motor and 24 VDC board-level driver. These systems provide space savings and high power output, and are easy to use.
Combination Type (Pre-assembled Gearmotors) The combination type (pre-assembled gearmotors) come with the motor and its dedicated gearhead already assembled. This simplifies installation in equipment. Motors and gearheads are also available separately so they can be on hand to make changes or repairs. Except for 15W type
Features
Compact Board-Level Driver

The size of the AXH driver has been reduced by approximately 60% when compared to conventional DC brushless drivers. (Driver for 15W-50W)
Constant Torque over a Wide Speed Range

The speed can be set within the wide range of 100 r/min to 3000 r/min (30:1). The AXH Series maintains a constant torque from low speed to high speed.
Starting Torque
Rated Torque
AXH
Limited Duty Region
2.80
in. (
71 m
m)
Driver volume reduced by approximately 60%
1.02 in. ( 3.9 26 4 in . (10 mm) 0m m)
L B H
ri
1000 2000 Speed [r/min]
3000
1.42 in. (36 mm)
Gearheads Provide High Torque

AXH geared type motors come pre-assembled with a gearhead. These gearheads provide torque up to 17.7 lb-in (2Nm) for the 15 W motors and up to 141 lb-in (16Nm) with the 50 W motors.
Compact, High Power Motors

The size of the AXH Motor has been reduced by approximately 55% when compared to conventional AC speed control motors [3.15 in. (80mm) size]. The motor has extremely high output power for its small size.
Protective Functions
The AXH Series is equipped with protective functions to handle overload, overvoltage, undervoltage, overspeed and out-of-phase power. When one of these protective functions detects an abnormality, a LED blinks and motor comes to a stop.
Superior Speed Stability

The fluctuation is only 1% for load, voltage and temperature. These motors provide superior speed stability with minimal speed fluctuation.

Standards Certification Body UL Standards File No. E208200 EMC Directives UL E208200 CE Marking
AXH015 type AXH230 type AXH450 type AXH5100 type
UL1950 CSA C22.2 No.950 UL60950 CSA C22.2 No.60950
When the system is approved under various safety standards, the model names on the motor and driver nameplates are the approved model names. List of Motor and Driver CombinationsPage B-68 Details of Safety StandardsPage G-2 The EMC value changes according to the wiring and layout. Therefore, the final EMC level must be checked with the motor/driver incorporated in the equipment.
Features B-58
Specifications B-60
Motor Speed Indicator (Accessories) Not a standard certified product. (Page A-214)
Introduction
Geared Type/Combination Type (Pre-assembled Gearmotor)
Driver
I/O Signal Cable (Included)
Programmable Controller Power Supply Cable (Included)
FBL2
(Not Supplied)
AXU
24 VDC (Not Supplied) Power Supply
AXH Series
External Speed Potentiometer (Accessories) (Page A-216)
AXH BHF
AC Motor Systems
Product Number Code
ES
AXH 4 50 K C -
Gear Ratio or Shaft Type Number: Gear Ratio A: Round Shaft Type Power Supply Voltage K: 24 VDC Output Power 15: 15W (1/50 HP) 30: 30W (1/25 HP) 50: 50W (1/15 HP) 100: 100W (1/8 HP) C: Cable Type None: Lead Wire Type
Series AXH: AXH Series
Motor Frame Size 0: 1.65 in. sq (42 mm sq.) 2: 2.36 in. sq (60 mm sq.) 4: 3.15 in. sq (80 mm sq.) 5: 3.54 in. sq (90 mm sq.)
Product Line
Output Power HP W
Geared Type/Combination Type

Model Gear Ratio
Round Shaft Type

Output Power HP W Model
1/50 1/25 1/15 1/8
15 30 50 100
AXH015K- AXH230KC- AXH450KC- AXH5100KC-
5,10, 15, 20, 30, 50, 100 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50, 100, 200 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50, 100, 200 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50, 100, 200
1/50 1/25 1/15 1/8
15 30 50 100
AXH015K-A AXH230KC-A AXH450KC-A AXH5100KC-A
AXH015K- are Geared Type and the others are combination type. Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name.
Dimensions B-62
B-59
B-60
Specifications
Model Geared Type/Combination Type Round Shaft Type HP (W) Voltage Rated Input Current Rated Torque Starting Torque Maximum Speed Rated Speed Variable Speed Range Load Speed Regulation Voltage Temperature A
AXH015K- AXH015K-A 1/50 (15)
AXH230KC-
AXH450KC- AXH450KC-A 1/15 (50)
AXH5100KC- AXH5100KC-A 1/8 (100)
RrC
Rated Output Power Power Source
AXH230KC-A 1/25 (30)
24 VDC 10% 1.0 2.0 7.1 (0.05) 10.6 (0.075) 2.7 (0.5) 3000 1003000 (30:1) 1% Max. (0rated torque, at rated speed) 1% Max. (Power supply voltage 10%, at rated speed with no load) 1% Max. (32F122F [0C50C] at rated speed with no load) 2.1 3.5 17 (0.12) 21 (0.15) 9.8 (1.8) 3000 2500 3.1 5.0 28 (0.20) 34 (0.24) 18.1 (3.3) 6.0 9.0 56 (0.40) 71 (0.50) 31 (5.6)
Maximum Input Current A oz-in (Nm) oz-in (Nm) r/min r/min r/min
Permissible Load Inertia J oz-in2(10-4 kgm2)
The permissible load inertia specified above is only applicable for round shaft type. Permissible Load Inertia for Geared Type and Combination Type Page B-61 Enter the gear ratio in the box () with the model name. The values for each item is for the motor only.
Item Specifications Any one of the following methods. 1. By built-in potentiometer 2. By external potentiometer C-MOS negative logic START/STOP input Brake input Direction of Rotation input Speed setting method Alarm reset 3. By DC voltage (05 VDC) H: (OFF) : 45 VDC H: STOP H: Instantaneous stop H: CCW H: External H: Normal
L: (ON) : 00.5 VDC L: START L: RUN L: CW L: Internal L: Reset
Input Signals
Output Signals
Open collector output External use conditions 26.4 VDC, 10 mA Max. Speed Signal Output (SPEED OUT) 30 P/R, Alarm Signal Output (ALARM OUT) When the following are activated, the alarm signal will be output and the motor will come to a natural stop. Overload Protection: Activated when a load exceeding the rated torque is applied to the motor for approximately 5 seconds or more. Out-of-Phase Protection: Activated when the sensor wire inside the motor cable is disconnected. Overvoltage Protection: Activated when the voltage applied to the driver exceeds 24 VDC by approximately 15% or more. Undervoltage Protection: Activated when the voltage applied to the driver falls at least 25% below 24 VDC. Over Speed Protection: Activated when the motor rotates at an abnormal speed above 3500 r/min.
Protection Functions 1
Motor Insulation Class 2 Rating
Class E [248F (120C)] Continuous
1 With the AXH series the motor speed cannot be controlled in applications where the motor shaft is turned by the load, as in lowering operations. Also, the motor will stop naturally if the load exceeds the permissible load inertia or the overvoltage protection function is activated during load lowering operations. 2 Motor insulation is recognized as class A [221F(105C)] by UL and CSA standards.
Item Motor 100 M or more when 500 VDC megger is applied between the windings and the frame after continuous operation under normal ambient temperature and humidity. Sufficient to withstand 0.5 kVAC at 50 Hz applied between the windings and the frame for 1 minute after continuous operation under normal ambient temperature and humidity. Driver 100 M or more when 500 VDC megger is applied between the power supply input and the frame after continuous operation under normal ambient temperature and humidity. Sufficient to withstand 0.5 kVAC at 50 Hz applied between the power supply input and the frame for 1 minute after continuous operation under normal ambient temperature and humidity.
Insulation Resistance
Dielectric Strength
Temperature Rise
Ambient Temperature Ambient Humidity Atmosphere Degree of Protection
108F (60C) or less measured by the thermocoupler method after the temperature of the coil has stabilized under normal operation at the rated voltage and frequency under normal ambient temperature and humidity, with a connected gearhead or equivalent heat radiation plate. 32F122F (0C50C) (nonfreezing) 85% maximum (noncondensing) No corrosive gases or dust 15W Type: IP 40 30W100W Type: IP65 (except for the mounting surface)
IP 00
Size of heat radiation plate (Material: Aluminum) AXH230KC-A: 4.53 in. 4.53 in. (115 mm 115 mm), 0.20 in. (5 mm) thick AXH450KC-A: 5.31 in. 5.31 in. (135 mm 135 mm), 0.20 in. (5 mm) thick AXH5100KC-A: 7.87 in. 7.87 in.(200 mm 200 mm), 0.20 in. (5 mm) thick
Features B-58
Specifications B-60
Gearmotor Torque Table (Geared Type/Combination Type)

Model Speed Range r/min Gear Ratio
Unit Upper values: lb-in/Lower values: N.m
20500 (20600) 5 2.0 0.23 4.7 0.54 7.9 0.9 15.9 1.8
10250 (10300) 10 3.9 0.45 9.7 1.1 15.9 1.8 31 3.6
6.7167 (6.7200) 15 6.0 0.68 14.1 1.6 23 2.7 47 5.4
5125 (5150) 20 7.6 0.86 19.4 2.2 31 3.6 63 7.2
3.383 (3.3100) 30 11.5 1.3 27 3.1 46 5.2 91 10.3
250 (260) 50 17.7 2.0 46 5.2 76 8.6 152 17.2
125 (130) 100 17.7 2.0 53 6.0 141 16 260 30
0.512.5 200 53 6.0 141 16 260 30
Introduction BX
Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name. A colored background indicates gear shaft rotation in the same direction as the motor shaft; a white background indicates rotation in the opposite direction. Values inside parentheses ( ) are for the AXH015K- model.
FBL2

Model Gear Ratio Permissible Overhung Load 0.39 in. (10 mm) from shaft end 0.79 in. (20 mm) from shaft end lb. AXH015K- 5100 5 AXH230KC- 1020 30200 5 AXH450KC- 1020 30200 5 AXH5100KC- 1020 30200 11.2 22 33 45 45 67 101 67 90 112 N 50 100 150 200 200 300 450 300 400 500 lb. / 33 45 67 56 78 123 90 112 146 N / 150 200 300 250 350 550 400 500 650 33 150 22 100 9 40 lb. 6.7 N 30 Permissible Thrust Load
AXU AXH BHF ES US
AC Motor Systems
Round Shaft Type

Permissible Overhung Load Model AXH015K-A AXH230KC-A AXH450KC-A AXH5100KC-A 0.39 in. (10mm) from shaft end lb. 11.2 15.7 27 36 N 50 70 120 160 0.79 in. (20 mm) from shaft end lb. / 22 31 38 N / 100 140 170
Permissible Thrust Load: Avoid thrust loads as much as possible. If thrust load is unavoidable, keep it to no more than half the motor weight.
Permissible Load Inertia J for Geared Type/Combination Type

Unit Upper values: oz-in2 /Lower values: 10-4 kgm2 Model Gear Ratio
5 2.2 0.4 8.5 1.55 30 5.5 137 25
10 9.3 1.7 34 6.2 120 22 547 100
15 21 3.9 77 14.0 270 49.5 1230 225
20 38 7.0 136 24.8 480 88 2188 400
30 86 15.7 310 55.8 1080 198 4923 900
50 240 43.7 850 155 3000 550 13675 2500
100 240 43.7 850 155 3000 550 13675 2500
200 850 155 3000 550 13675 2500
Dimensions B-62
B-61
Torque
0.05
8 6 4 2
Torque
[oz-in]
[Nm]
0.3
[Nm]
Starting Torque Rated Torque Limited Duty Region Torque

50% of
[oz-in]
Torque
0.2362-0.0005 (6-0.012)
0.22 (5.5)
0.63 (16)
0.31 (8)
0.79 (20) 3.11 (79) 0.20 (5) 0.12 (3) 0.47 (12) 1.69 (43)
1.48030.0010 (37.60.025)
0.23620.0005 (60.012)
1.65 (42)
0.16 (4) 1.69 (43)
0 72 5) 1. .8 0. 3 ( 4
.02
20 (500)
4M4 P0.7 0.31(8) Deep
0.16 (4)
20 (500)
0.22 (5.5)
0.138 (3.5) 4 Holes
Connector Housing: 1718228(AMP)
Connector Housing : 1718228(AMP)
B-62

AXH015K-/AXH015K-A
[oz-in] [Nm]
For the geared type and combination type, the values are for the motor alone. Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name.
AXH230KC-/AXH230KC-A
[oz-in] [Nm] Starting Torque Rated Torque Limited Duty Region
50% of
Starting Torque
0.1 0.075
14 12 10 Limited Duty Region
0.2 25
Rated Torque
0.15
20 15 10
0.1
Rated Torque Continuous Duty Region
0.05 5
0 1000 2000 Speed [r /min] 3000
0 1000 2000 Speed [r/min] 3000
Values for 24 VDC with no extension cable AXH450KC-/AXH450KC-A AXH5100KC-/AXH5100KC-A
40 30 20
0.6 0.5 0.4
Starting Torque
80 70 60 50 40 Limited Duty Region
Rated Torque
0.2
Rated Torque Continuous Duty Region
50% of Rated Torque

0.1 10 0
0.2
30 20 10
0 1000 2000 Speed [r /min] 3000
0 1000 2000 Speed [r /min] 3000
Values for 24 VDC with no extension cable
Values for 24 VDC with no extension cable
Motor/Gearhead
AXH015K- (Geared Type) Geared motor: AXHM015K- Weight: 1.1 lb. (0.5 kg) d A388
Round Shaft Type

AXH015K-A Motor: AXHM015K-A Weight: 0.55 lb. (0.25 kg) d A389
1.65 (42) 0.79 (20) 0.20 (5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.59 (15)
1.65 (42)
90 1.8 0.5) 8 ( 4
.02
Features B-58
Specifications B-60
Motor/Gearhead
AXH230KC- (Combination Type) Motor: AXHM230KC-GFH Gearhead: GFH2G Weight (including gearhead): 2.2 lb. (1.0 kg) d A294AU (GFH2G520) A294BU (GFH2G30100) A294CU (GFH2G200)
0 0.39370 0.0006 (100.015) 0.39 (10) 0.94 (24)
Round Shaft Type

Lead Wire Types are also available. Contact your Oriental Motor Representative for more information. AXH230KC-A Motor: AXHM230KC-A Weight: 1.1 lb. (0.5 kg) d A295U Lead Wire Types are also available. Contact your Oriental Motor Representative for more information.
0 0 2.1260-0.0012 (540.030 )
Introduction
0 0.3150-0.0006 (80 0.015)
1.65 (42) 0.31 (8)
0.3 (7.5)
1.26 (32) 0.16 (4) 0.98 (25)
2.36 (60) 0.177 (4.5)4 Holes

2 0.0 76 ) 2. 00.5
1.65 (42) 0.31 (8) 2.36 (60)
0.94 (24) 0.08 (2) 0.63 (16)
2.36 (60) 0.177 (4.5) 4 Holes
BX
2.36 (60)
(7
76 ) 2. 00.5 (7
0.0
FBL2 AXU
0.43 (11)
Cable 0.31 (8), 20 inch (500 mm) Length
1.22 (31) Connector Housing: 1718228 (AMP)
0.43 (11)
AXH230KC-520: L = 1.34 (34) AXH230KC-30100: L = 1.50 (38) AXH230KC-200: L = 1.69 (43)
0.984 0.008 (25 0.2)
0.15750 0.0012 0 ) (40.03 0.15750 0.0012 0 ) (40.03
0.1575 0 0.040 ) (40
0.0016
0.098 0 0.1 (2.50 )
0.004
1.22 (31) Connector Housing: 1718228 (AMP)
AXH BHF ES US
AC Motor Systems
Motor/Gearhead
0 0.59060 0.0007 (150.018)
Round Shaft Type

Lead Wire Types are also available. Contact your Oriental Motor Representative for more information. AXH450KC-A Motor: AXHM450KC-A Weight: 1.76 lb. (0.8 kg) d A297U Lead Wire Types are also available. Contact your Oriental Motor Representative for more information.
0.31 (8)
0.37(9.5)
0.28 (7) 0.98 (25)
0.51 (13) 1.34 (34)
1.65 (42)
1.38 (35)
3.15 (80) 0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
0 0.3937-0.0006 (100 0.015)
1.65 (42) 0.31 (8)

.02
1.26 (32) 0.08 (2) 0.98 (25)
3.15 (80) 0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes

0 2.8740-0.0012 0 (730.030 )
3.15 (80)
0.43 (11)
0.43 (11)
3.15 (80)
00 3.7 0.5) 4 (9
00 3.7 40.5) 9 (
.02
1.22 (31 ) Connector Housing: 1718228 (AMP)
1.22 (31) Cable 0.31 (8), 20 inch (500 mm) Length Connector Housing: 1718228 (AMP)
AXH450KC-520: L = 1.61 (41) AXH450KC-30100: L = 1.81 (46) AXH450KC-200: L = 2.01 (51)
0.984 0.008 (25 0.2)
0.19690 0.0012 0 ) (50.03 0.19690 0.0012 0 ) (50.03
0.1969 0 0.040 ) (50
0.0016
0.118 0 0.1 ) (3 0
0.004
Dimensions B-62
B-63
0 0.70870 0.0007 (180.018)
2.24(57) 0.39(10)
L 0.20(5)
0.71(18)
0.45(11.5)
1.65 (42) 0.98 (25)
3.54 (90)
0 0.47240 0.0007 (120.018)
1.57 (40)
3.54(90)
0.43(11)
1.22 (31) Cable 0.35 (9) 20 inch (500 mm) Length Connection Housing: 1178288-3 (AMP) Connection Housing: 511030500 (MOLEX)
0.43(11)
AXH5100KC-5~20: L = 1.77 (45) AXH5100KC-30~100: L = 2.28 (58) AXH5100KC-200: L = 2.52 (64)

(The key is provided with the gearhead.) 0.2362 0 0.0012
0.004 0.1380
(60 0.03 )
0.9840.008 (250.2)
0.2362 0 0.0012
0.0016 0.2362 0 0.040 (6 0 )
(60 0.03 )
B-64
0.1 (3.50 )
Features B-58
Specifications B-60
3.26770 0.0014 (830 0.035)
3.54(90)
Motor/Gearhead
Round Shaft Type

AXH5100KC-A Motor: AXHM5100KC-A Weight: 3.1 lb. (1.4 kg) d A402U
0.335 (8.5)4 Holes

9 4.0 40.5) ( 10
02 0.
2.24(57) 0.39 (10)
1.46 (37) 0.08 (2) 1.18 (30)
3.54 (90)
0.335 (8.5)4 Holes

90 4.0 40.5) 0 1 (
.02
1.22 (31) Connector Housing: 1178288-3 (AMP) Connector Housing: 511030500 (MOLEX)
Driver
AXHD15K, AXHD30K, AXHD50K Weight: 0.22 lb. (0.1 kg) d A298
2.80 (71) 2.13 (54) 1.360.008 0.24 (6) (34.50.2) 0.16 (4) 2.480.008 (630.2) CN3: Connection to Motor 0.18 (4.5)
AXHD100K Weight: 0.66 lb. (0.3 kg) d A403

5.12 (130) 4.760.02 (1210.5)
2.76 (70) 0.18 1.850.02 (4.5) (470.5)
0.14 ( 3.5) 2 Holes CN2: 1-171825-2 (AMP) CN1: 171825-2 (AMP)
0.14 (3.5)
2
Introduction
Holes
0.39 max. (10) 0.67 max.(17)
BX
0.14 (3.5) 1.02 (26)
2.520.008 (640.2) 0.14 (3.5)
CN1: 1-179276-3 (AMP) CN2: S12B-PHDSS-B (JST)
CN3:53426-0510 (MOLEX)
CN4: 1-178293-3 (AMP) 0.14 (3.5) 1.42 (36) 0.14 (3.5) 4.840.02 (1230.5)
FBL2
0.870.008 (220.2)
AXU
0.710.02 (180.5)
AXH
Driver Input Signal Cable (Included) v For 15 W, 30 W, 50 W

12 (300)
BHF
v For 100 W
12 (300)
AC Motor Systems
ES US
Connector Housing:1-171822-2 (AMP)
Leads UL Style 1007, AWG 26
Leads UL Style 1007, AWG 26 Connector Housing: PHDR-12VS (JST)
Driver Power Supply Cable (Included) v For 15 W, 30 W, 50 W

12 (300)
v For 100 W
12 (300)
Leads UL Style 1007, AWG 22 Connector Housing:171822-2 (AMP)
Leads UL Style 3266, AWG 18 Connector Housing: 1-178128-2 (AMP)
List of Motor and Driver Combinations

Output Power 1/50 HP 15 W 1/25 HP 30 W 1/15 HP 50 W 1/8 HP 100 W Model AXH015K- AXH230KC- AXH450KC- AXH5100KC- Motor Model AXHM015K- AXHM230KC-GFH AXHM450KC-GFH AXHM5100KC-GFH Gearhead Model / GFH2G GFH4G GFH5G Driver Model AXHD15K AXHD30K AXHD50K AXHD100K
Enter the gear ratio in the box () with in the model name. Geared Motor Model
Round Shaft Type

Output Power 1/50 HP 15 W 1/25 HP 30 W 1/15 HP 50 W 1/8 HP 100 W
Dimensions B-62
Model AXH015K-A AXH230KC-A AXH450KC-A AXH5100KC-A

Motor Model AXHM015K-A AXHM230KC-A AXHM450KC-A AXHM5100KC-A
Driver Model AXHD15K AXHD30K AXHD50K AXHD100K
B-65
B-66

Connection Diagrams v 15 W, 30 W, 50 W
Power supply connection 24 VDC (10%) Power Supply
v 100 W Driver
2 1 GND
Driver
CN1
Power supply connection 24 VDC (10%) Power Supply
24 V
1 2
GND 24 V
CN1
ON (L level): Start OFF (H level): Stop ON (L level): Run Brake Input OFF (H level): Brake Rotation Direction ON (L level): CW OFF (H level): CCW Switching Input Speed Potentiometer ON (L level): Internal Selection Input OFF (H level): External
Start/Stop Input
Black White Gray Brown Purple
12 N.C. 11 START/STOP 10 RUN/BRAKE 9 CW/CCW 8 6 INT.VR./EXT. Input 7 ALARM-RESET Input CN2 (I/O) VRH VRM VRL GND SPEED Output ALARM Output INT.VR.
Alarm Output Speed Output GND External DC 05 VDC + Power Supply 1 mA min. _
Brown Red Orange Yellow Green
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9
ALARM Output SPEED Output GND VRL VRM
CN2 Pin No.

2 4 6 8 10 12
Board
Alarm Reset Input
ON (L level): Reset OFF (H level): Normal
External DC 05 VDC + Power Supply 1 mA min. _ GND Speed Output Alarm Output
Green Yellow Orange Red Brown
5 4 3 2 1
Purple (L level): Reset Alarm Reset Input ON OFF (H level): Normal Speed Potentiometer ON (L level): Internal Brown Selection Input OFF (H level): External Gray Rotation Direction ON (L level): CW OFF (H level): CCW Switching Input White (L level): Run Brake Input ON OFF (H level): Brake Black (L level): Start Start/Stop Input ON OFF (H level): Stop
VRH CN2 7 ALARM-RESET Input (I/O) INT.VR./EXT. Input CW/CCW
1 3 5 7 9 11
10 RUN/BRAKE 11 START/STOP 12 N.C. INT.VR.
CN3
Motor
Internal Potentiometer
Motor Motor
Motor CN3
Motor CN4
When the motor cable needs to be extended, use an optional extension cable [sold separately, 4.9 ft. (1.5 m)]. Extension CablePage B-69
Timing Chart
Max. 10 ms 2-speed switching/stop 2500r/min CW(Clockwise) Motor operation pattern CCW (Counterclockwise) 1000r/min Run/Brake Rotation direction switching
START/STOP Input
OFF (H level) ON (L level) OFF (H level) ON (L level) OFF (H level) ON (L level) OFF (H level) ON (L level) OFF (H level) ON (L level)
START CW
START CCW RUN
CW/CCW Input
CW
RUN/BRAKE Input RUN EXT. INT.VR. RUN EXT.
INT.VR./EXT.Input
INT.VR.
EXT.
SPEED Output
Run/stop, instantaneous stopping and rotation direction switching operations can all be controlled with the START/STOP, RUN/BRAKE and CW/CCW signals. If both the START/STOP signal and the RUN/BRAKE signal are set to ON (L level), the motor rotates. At this time, if the CW/CCW signal is set to ON (L level), then the motor rotates clockwise as seen from the motor shaft side; if the CW/CCW signal is set to OFF (H level), the motor rotates in the counterclockwise direction. If the RUN/BRAKE signal is set to OFF (H level) while the START/STOP signal is ON (L level), the motor stops instantaneously. If the START/STOP signal is set to OFF (H level) while the RUN/BRAKE signal is set to ON (L level), the motor stops naturally. Wait for 10 ms before switching the other input signals. Do not switch different input signals simultaneously. Wait for 10 ms before switching the other input signals.
Features B-58
Specifications B-60
Input Signal Circuit v Input Circuit

Driver internal circuit
Output Signal Circuit v Output Circuit

(Internal circuit) 2SC2458 equivalent C-MOS 0.1 F Output
5 V
START/STOP RUN/BRAKE CW/CCW INT.VR./EXT. ALARM-RESET 10 k 2.2 k
External use condition 26.4 VDC Max. 10 mA Max.
Input
GND
Introduction
GND
v Example of Output Circuit Connection Output Signal Connections

Controller Driver Vcc
v Example of Input Circuit Connection Control by Small Capacity Relay, Switch, or Similar Device
Switch capacity: 24 VDC 10 mA
12 11 Brake 10 CCW External OFF 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 CW/CCW
INT.VR./EXT. Input ALARM-RESET Input
FBL2
SPEED ALARM
N.C. START/STOP RUN/BRAKE
AXU
Start Run CW Internal ON
Stop
2SC2458
equivalent
AXH
GND
BHF
CN2 (I/O)
AC Motor Systems
VRH VRM VRL GND SPEED Output ALARM Output
SPEED Output
The system outputs pulse signals (with a width of 0.3 ms) at a rate of 30 pulses per rotation of the motor output shaft, synchronized with the motor drive. You can measure the SPEED output frequency and calculate the motor speed.
Motor speed (r/min) Speed output frequency [Hz] 60 [r/min ] 30 1 T
SPEED output frequency (Hz)

Transistor output type
Controller Transistor
Control by Controller
Driver START/STOP RUN/BRAKE CW/CCW INT.VR./EXT. ALARM-RESET 0.3 ms T Input
ALARM Output
The ALARM output is normally at the ON (L level) and switches to the OFF (H level) when there is an alarm.
GND
GND
ALARM-RESET
C-MOS type
Controller Driver START/STOP RUN/BRAKE CW/CCW INT.VR./EXT. ALARM-RESET
5V
Input C-MOS GND GND
When the motor is stopped, setting this signal to the ON (L level), then returning it to the OFF (H level) resets the alarm. Please return either the START/STOP input or the RUN/BRAKE input to the OFF (H level) before inputting the ALARM-RESET. The ALARM-RESET is not accepted if both these signals are at the ON (L level).
Notes: Output signal is open collector output, so an external power supply (Vcc) is required. Use a power supply of no more than 26.4 VDC and connect a limit resistance (R) so that the output current does not exceed 10 mA. When using neither the speed output function nor the alarm output function, this connection is not required.
Dimensions B-62
B-67
6 5 4
2000 1500 1000 500 0 20 40 60 80 100
5 4
Speed [r/min]
1 2 3
Speed [r/min]
B-68
Speed Setting Method v Speed Control by Internal Potentiometer

When INT.VR/EXT. input is set to the ON (L level), the speed can be set with the internal speed potentiometer. There is no need for this connection when the internal potentiometer is not used.
Driver 8 OFF 3 High speed
ON
v Speed Control by External Potentiometer

When separating the motor speed setting from the driver, connect the optional external potentiometer as follows.
External speed potentiometer PAVR-20KZ (Sold separately) High speed Driver
1
v Speed Control by External DC Voltage

When setting the motor speed with an external DC voltage, do so in the following manner.
External DC power supply
3500 3000 2500
3500
05 VDC 1 mA Min.
Driver
3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 1 2 3 4 5
Dial plate value
DC voltage [VDC]
External Potentiometer ScaleSpeed Characteristics (Representative Values)
DC VoltageSpeed Characteristics (Representative Values)

Extension Cable
The maximum extended length is 6.6 ft. (2 m).
v For 15 W, 30 W, 50 W
Two types of cables are available. Covered lead wire type and ribbon cable type.
CC02AXH [4.9 ft. (1.5 m)]

4.9 ft. (1.5 m)
FC02HBL [4.9 ft. (1.5 m)]

4.9 ft. (1.5 m)
Driver Side
Motor Side Housing 1722118 (AMP)
Driver Side Housing 1718228 (AMP)
Motor Side
Housing 1718228(AMP)
Housing 1722118 (AMP)
v For 100 W CC02AXH2 [4.9 ft. (1.5 m)]

4.9 ft. (1.5 m) 1-178288-3 (AMP) 1-177648-3 (AMP)
Driver Side 51103-0500 (MOLEX) 51198-0500 (MOLEX)
Motor Side
Features B-58
Specifications B-60

Introduction BX Brushless DC Motor Systems AC Input DC Input AC Motor Systems FBL2 AXU AXH BHF ES US Before Using a Speed Control System
AC Motor Systems
Additional Information
Technical ReferenceF-1 General Information G-1 BHF Series B-70 ES01/ES02 B-86 US Series B-116
B-69
B-70
AC Motor Systems
BHF Series
200 W (1/4 HP) Frame Size: 4.09 in. sq. (104 mm sq.)
The BHF Series consists of a high-power 200 W (1/4 HP) AC speed-control motor combined with a dedicated inverter. Each motor comes pre-assembled with a gearhead.
Combination Type (Pre-assembled Gearmotors) The combination type (Pre-assembled Gearmotors) comes with the motor and its dedicated gearhead already assembled. This simplifies installation in equipment. Motors and gearheads are also available separately so they can be on hand to make changes or repairs.
BHF Series
Features
Excellent speed stability

The combination of a dedicated inverter with a motor achieves excellent speed stability with a fluctuation of only 3%. The inverter is already optimized for use with the gearmotor, so detail adjustments are not required to achieve accurate speed control.
Wiring length of up to 164 feet (50 m)

The wiring distance between the motor and inverter can be extended to a maximum of 164 feet (50 m).
Full-range functionality
The BHF Series offers a variety of functions such as alarm output, speed monitor output and individual acceleration/deceleration setting. The driver also has a builtin I/O power supply.
Automatic control of an electromagnetic brake

The AC speed-control system with an electromagnetic brake allows automatic on/off control of the electromagnetic brake (power off activated type) on the inverter side. No longer will it be necessary to prepare a separate power supply or program a control sequence.
Wide product variations

Pre-assembled gearmotors are available in a right-angle shaft type equipped with a hypoid gear (hollow shaft, solid shaft) and a parallel shaft type. A wide range of gear ratios are available. An electromagnetic brake type is also available.
Smallest frame size among 200 W (1/4 HP) motors

The BHF Series achieves an output of 200 W (1/4 HP), the highest among Oriental Motors standard AC motors, with the smallest frame size [4.09 inch (104 mm) square] in that class. This allows for a reduction in the size of your equipment.
Global specifications
The BHF Series conforms to international power-supply voltage specifications, including single-phase 100-115 VAC, single-phase 200-230 VAC and three-phase 200-230 VAC. All units comply with the UL/CSA standards and bear the CE mark as proof of compliance with the Low Voltage Directive and EMC Directive.

Standards UL1004 UL2111 CSA C22.2 No.100 CSA C22.2 No.77 Motor EN60950 EN60034-1 EN60034-5 IEC60034-11 IEC60664-1 UL508C Inverter CSA C22.2 No.14 EN50178 EN60950 UL E171462 Conforms to EN/IEC Standards Low Voltage Directives / EMC Directives UL E64197 Certification Body Standards File No. CE Marking
Conforms to EN/IEC Standards
When the system is approved under various safety standards, the model names on the motor and inverter nameplates are the approved model names. List of Motor CombinationsPage B-85 Details of Safety StandardsPage G-2 The EMC value changes according to the wiring and layout. Therefore, the final EMC level must be checked with the motor/inverter incorporated in the users equipment.
Features B-70
Specifications B-72
Regeneration Unit (Accessories) ( Page A-218)
Introduction
Mounting Bracket (Accessories) ( Page A-204)
Flexible Coupling (Accessories) ( Page A-208) Programmable Controller (Not Supplied)
BX Brushless DC Motor Systems AC Input DC Input FBL2
Combination Type ( Pre-assembled Gearmotor )
Inverter
AXU
AC Power Supply (Not Supplied)
DIN Rail Mounting Plate (Accessories) ( Page A-217)
AXH
BHF Series
External Speed Potentiometer (Accessories) ( Page A-216)
US
Product Number Code
BHF 6 2 A M T- 100 RH
Series BHF Series
Output Motor Frame Power Size 2: 200W 6: 4.09 in. sq. (104 mm sq.)
Voltage A: Single-Phase 100-115 VAC C: Single-Phase 200-230 VAC S: Three-Phase 200-230 VAC
None: without Electromagnetic Brake M: with Electromagnetic Brake
T: Terminal Box Type
Gear Ratio or Shaft Type Number: Gear Ratio A: Round Shaft Type
Gearhead Type (Combination type only) None: Parallel Shaft RH: Right-Angle Hollow Shaft Type RA: Right-Angle Solid Shaft Type
Dimensions B-76
Motor and Inverter Combinations B-85
B-71
B-72
Product Line
Type
Speed Control System Combination Type

Power Supply Voltage Single-Phase Combination Type with Right-Angle Hollow Shaft 100-115 VAC Single-Phase 200-230 VAC Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Single-Phase Combination Type with Right-Angle Solid Shaft 100-115 VAC Single-Phase 200-230 VAC Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Combination Type with Parallel Shaft Single-Phase 200-230 VAC Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Model BHF62AT-RH BHF62CT-RH BHF62ST-RH BHF62AT-RA BHF62CT-RA BHF62ST-RA BHF62AT- BHF62CT- BHF62ST- Gear Ratio 5180
Speed Control System with Electromagnetic Brake Combination Type

Type Power Supply Voltage Single-Phase Combination Type 5180 5180 5180 Combination Type 5180 5180 3180 3180 3180 Combination Type with Parallel Shaft with Right-Angle Solid Shaft with Right-Angle Hollow Shaft 100-115 VAC Single-Phase 200-230 VAC Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase 200-230 VAC Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase 200-230 VAC Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Model BHF62AMT-RH BHF62CMT-RH BHF62SMT-RH BHF62AMT-RA BHF62CMT-RA BHF62SMT-RA BHF62AMT- BHF62CMT- BHF62SMT- Gear Ratio 5180 5180 5180 5180 5180 5180 3180 3180 3180
Round Shaft Type

Type Round Shaft Type Power Supply Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase 200-230 VAC Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Model BHF62AT-A BHF62CT-A BHF62ST-A
Round Shaft Type

Type Round Shaft Type Power Supply Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase 200-230 VAC Three-Phase 200-230 VAC Model BHF62AMT-A BHF62CMT-A BHF62SMT-A
Specifications
Speed Control System

BHF62AT-RH Model Combination Type Round Shaft Type Output Power Rated Speed Rated Torque Starting Torque Permissible Torque Permissible Load Inertia J Speed Control Range Voltage Power Source Frequency Rated Input Current Max. Input Current Load Speed Regulation Voltage Temperature 5.4 A 8.3 A HP (W) r/min oz-in (Nm) oz-in (Nm) oz-in (Nm) oz-in2 (104 kgm2) r/min Single-Phase 100-115 VAC10% BHF62AT-RA BHF62AT- BHF62AT-A BHF62CT-RH BHF62CT-RA BHF62CT- BHF62CT-A 1/4 (200) 1500 180 (1.27) 180 (1.27) 1001500 r/min: 180 (1.27) 1800 r/min: 151 (1.07), 2400 r/min: 85 (0.6) 44 (8) 1002400 Single-Phase 200-230 VAC10% 50 Hz/60 Hz 3.1 A 4.9 A 3% Max. (0Rated Torque, at 1500 r/min)
BHF62ST-RH BHF62ST-RA BHF62ST- BHF62ST-A
RrC
Three-Phase 200-230 VAC10% 1.75 A 2.7 A
3% Max. (Power supply voltage 10% at 1500 r/min with no load) 3% Max. [32F122F (0C50C) at 1500 r/min with no load]
The permissible load inertia specified above is only applicable for the round shaft types. Permissible Load Inertia for the Combination Types Page B-75 The values for each specification applies to the motor only. Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name.
Features B-70
Specifications B-72
Speed Control System with Electromagnetic Brake

BHF62AMT-RH Model Combination Type Round Shaft Type Output Power Rated Speed Rated Torque Starting Torque Permissible Torque Permissible Load Inertia J Speed Control Range Voltage Power Source Frequency Rated Input Current Max. Input Current Load Speed Regulation Electromagnetic Brake Holding Brake Torque Lowering Operation Voltage Temperature oz-in (Nm) 5.4 A 8.3 A
BHF62CMT-RH BHF62CMT-RA BHF62CMT- BHF62CMT-A 1/4 (200) 1500 180 (1.27) 180 (1.27) 1001500 r/min: 180 (1.27) 1800 r/min: 151 (1.07), 2400 r/min: 85 (0.6)
BHF62SMT-RH BHF62SMT-RA BHF62SMT- BHF62SMT-A
RrC
BHF62AMT-RA BHF62AMT- BHF62AMT-A
HP (W) r/min oz-in (Nm) oz-in (Nm) oz-in (Nm) oz-in2 (104 kgm2) r/min Single-Phase 100-115 VAC10%
Introduction BX
44 (8) 1002400 Single-Phase 200-230 VAC10% 50 Hz/60 Hz 3.1 A 4.9 A 3% Max. (0Rated Torque, at 1500 r/min) 3% Max. (Power supply voltage 10% at 1500 r/min with no load) 3% Max. [32F122F (0C50C) at 1500 r/min with no load] 210 (1.5) Connecting the regeneration unit [Accessories (Sold Separately)], Max. output 100 W (5 minutes rating) Three-Phase 200-230 VAC10% 1.75 A
FBL2 AXU
2.7 A
AXH BHF
The permissible load inertia specified above is only applicable for the round shaft types. Permissible Load Inertia for the Combination Types Page B-75 The values for each specification applies to the motor only. Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name.
AC Motor Systems
ES
Item
US
Speed Control System / Speed Control System with Electromagnetic Brake

Specifications Any one of the following methods: 1. By built-in potentiometer (1 piece) 2. By external potentiometer (20 k 1/4 W) 3. By DC voltage control (05 VDC) Photocoupler input Input Signal Operates at 12 VDC Common to CW/CCW, Speed setting mode selection, Slow down, Alarm reset Output Signal Open collector output External use conditions 26.4 VDC, 10 mA max. Common to SPEED OUT (12P/R), ALARM OUT If any of the protective functions of the inverter are triggered, the ALM output will be turned off and the ALM LED on the front panel of the inverter will blink or turn on while the motor current is interrupted to stop the motor. Overload protection: A load exceeding the rated torque has been applied to the motor for 5 seconds or more. Overvoltage protection: The voltage applied to the inverter has exceeded the rated voltage by approximately 30% or more. Protection Functions The motor is being operated beyond the lowering operation's ability. Overcurrent protection: An excessive current is flowing within the inverter. Undervoltage protection: The power-supply voltage has dropped below the rated voltage by approximately 15% or more. Circuit overheat protection: The ambient operating temperature for the inverter has exceeded its upper limit. Motor open circuit protection: The motor cable has an open circuit or improper connection. EEPROM Error: An error was detected in the EEPROM. Rating Motor Insulation Class Continuous Class B (266F [130C]) Input impedance 2.4 k Acceleration/Deceleration Time 0.125 seconds (at 1000 r/min) Speed Control Method
Dimensions B-76
B-73
B-74
Item Motor 100 M or more when measured by a 500 VDC megger between the Insulation Resistance windings and the frame after rated motor operation under normal ambient temperature and humidity. Inverter 100 M or more when measured by a 500 VDC megger between the power supply input terminal and the Protective Earth terminal and between the power supply input terminal and the I/O terminal after continuous operation under normal ambient temperature and humidity. Sufficient to withstand 1.5 kV (3 kV) at 50 Hz and 60 Hz applied Sufficient to withstand 1.5 kV at 50 Hz and 60 Hz applied between the Dielectric Strength windings and the frame for 1minute after rated motor operation under normal ambient temperature and humidity. 126F (70C) or less in the coil, as measured by the resistance change Temperature Rise method after rated operation with gearhead or similar heat radiation plate installed. Ambient Temperature Ambient Humidity Degree of Protection 14F104F (10C to 40C) 14F122F (10C to 50C) for 100/200 VAC 85% maximum (noncondensing) 32F122F (0C50C) (nonfreezing) between the power supply input terminal and the Protective Earth terminal (between the power supply input terminal and the I/O terminal) for 1 minute after continuous operation under normal ambient temperature and humidity.
85% maximum (noncondensing) IP54 (excluding the motor-installation surface of the round shaft type) IP10
Size of heat radiation plate: 9.06 inch 9.06 inch (230 mm 230 mm), 0.20 inch (5 mm) in thickness (material: aluminum)
Permissible Torque for Combination Type

Right-Angle Shaft
Model
Unit = Upper values: lb-in/Lower values: Nm
Gear Ratio Motor Output Speed 1001500 r/min 1800 r/min 2400 r/min
5 40 4.6 34 3.9 19.4 2.2
9 73 8.3 61 7 34 3.9
15 123 13.9 103 11.7 58 6.6
30 240 27.8 200 23.4 115 13.1
50 350 40 320 37 193 21.9
100 480 54.5 480 54.5 380 43
180 530 60 530 60 530 60
BHF62AT-RH/RA, BHF62AMT-RH/RA BHF62CT-RH/RA, BHF62CMT-RH/RA BHF62ST-RH/RA, BHF62SMT-RH/RA
Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name. Direction of rotation of the motor and that of the gear output shaft are the opposite.
Parallel Shaft
Model Gear Ratio Motor Output Speed 1001500 r/min 1800 r/min 2400 r/min 3 30 3.4 25 2.9 14.1 1.6 5 50 5.7 42 4.8 23 2.7 9 91 10.3 76 8.7 43 4.9 15 145 16.4 122 13.8 68 7.7
Unit = Upper values: lb-in/Lower values: Nm
30 290 32.8 240 27.6 137 15.5
50 350 40 350 40 210 24.3
100 350 40 350 40 350 40
180 350 40 350 40 350 40
BHF62AT-, BHF62AMT- BHF62CT-, BHF62CMT- BHF62ST-, BHF62SMT-

The overhung load and thrust load of the gearhead's output shaft affect the bearing life. Make sure the overhung load and thrust load do not exceed the values shown in the table below.
Permissible Overhung Load [lb. (N)] Model BHF62 BHF62 BHF62 BHF62 BHF62 BHF62 T-RH MT-RH T-RA MT-RA T- MT- Gear Ratio 530 50180 530 50180 330 50180 from the tip of the shaft 0.39 inch (10 mm) 270 (1200) 490 (2200) 200 (900) 380 (1700) 123 (550) 146 (650) from the tip of the shaft 0.79 inch (20 mm) 240 (1100) 450 (2000) 220 (1000) 410 (1850) 180 (800) 220 (1000) Permissible Thrust Load lb. (N) 67 (300) 67 (300) 45 (200)
With the hollow shaft type, the permissible overhung load is measured from the flange-mounting surface. Enter the voltage (A, C, S) in the box ( ). Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name. Permissible Overhung Load and Thrust Load for Round Shaft Type Page A-11
Features B-70
Specifications B-72
Permissible Load Inertia J for the Combination Type

Model / BHF62 T-RH, BHF62 BHF62 BHF62 BHF62 MT-RH, BHF62 T- MT- Gear Ratio T-RA MT-RA 3 98 18 5 270 50 9 880 162 15 2400 450
Unit = Upper values: oz-in2/Lower values: 104 kgm2
30 9800 1800
50 27000 5000
100 27000 5000
180 27000 5000
Enter the voltage (A, C, S) in the box ( ). Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name.
Introduction

The characteristics shown below are only applicable for the motors only. Continuous Duty Region: Continuous operation is possible in this region. Common to BHF Series
180 oz-in (1.27 Nm) 1/4 HP (200 W) 151 oz-in (1.07 Nm) 85 oz-in (0.6 Nm) Continuous Duty Region 1800 r/min 2400 r/min
BX Brushless DC Motor Systems AC Input DC Input FBL2 AXU
1.5
200 Torque [oz-in] 150
Torque [Nm]
1.0
AXH
100 50
0.5
BHF
AC Motor Systems
500
1500 1000 Speed [r/min]
2000
2500
ES
Vertical Drive (Gravitational Operation)

The BHF Series achieves stable speed control during gravitational operation. During vertical movement (gravitational operation), such as the application illustrated below, normally an external force causes the motor to rotate and function as a power generator. If this energy is applied to the inverter, an error will occur. A regeneration unit (sold separately ) can convert regenerative energy into thermal energy for dissipation. Use the optional regeneration unit EPRC-400P when using the motor for vertical drive applications or when braking a large inertial load quickly. Regenerative power: 100 W (5-minute rating) Instantaneous regenerative power: 300 W
US
Gravitational operation ability

-1.6 -200 -1.2 Torque [oz-in] Torque [Nm] -150 85 oz-in (0.6 Nm) 180 oz-in (1.27 Nm) 151 oz-in (1.07 Nm)
-0.8
-100
-0.4
-50
500
1000
1500 2000 2500 1800 2400
Speed [r/min]
Work
Use the time shown below as a guideline when performing continuous gravitational operation:
W
Regenerative power
The regenerative power may be calculated roughly using the equation shown below for reference. Regenerative power (W) = 0.1047 TL [Nm] N [r/min] TL: Load torque N: Speed
Use the electromagnetic-brake type for gravitational operation.
: Operating range in which regenerative power is 100 W or less Allowable time for continuous gravitational operation: 1 minute, 30% ED : Operating range in which regenerative power exceeds 100 W Allowable time for continuous gravitational operation: 1 minute, 20% ED Example: 1 minute, 30% Under gravitational operation: 60 seconds Non-gravitational operation: 140 seconds 60 seconds (1 minute) is the maximum continuous gravitational operation time allowed.
Dimensions B-76
B-75
4.06 (103)
0.63 (16)
3.90 (99)
4.65 (118)
1.57 (40)
0
0.16 (4)
) .72 0.5 4 20 1 (
A 1.11 (28.3) 4.09 (104)
A' 0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes Use cable (VCTF) with a diameter of 0.24 inch (6 mm)0.47 inch (12 mm). Details of Terminal Box Page A-224 2.60 (66)
Key (Included) (Scale 1/2)

0
0.31500.0014
0.9840.008
0 80.036
B-76
0 250.2
0.27560.0014
0 70.036
Features B-70
Specifications B-72
1.69 (43) Characteristics B-75

Mounting screws are included with combination type motor. Page B-133 Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name.
BHF62AT-RH, BHF62CT-RH, BHF62ST-RH Motor Model: BHM62T-G2 Gearhead Model: BH6G2-RH Weight: 22 lb. (10.0 kg) d A301
6.30 (160)
Motor/Gearhead (Combination Type with Right-Angle Hollow Shaft)
6.06 (154) 1.18 (30)
4.30 (109.3) 1.18 (30) 0.59 (15)
0.59 (15) 0.06 (1.5)
0.06 (1.5)
Flange Mounting Surface 0.19 (4.8) Groove for Retaining Ring 0.008 0.21 1.03 +0 ( 26.20 )
4.02 (102)
2.28350.0018 ( 580 0.046)
Section AA' (Detail drawing of output shaft)

2.44 (62)
1.10 Max. (28 Max.)
2.95 (75)
0.35 (9)
0.31
0.0016 0 0.04 8 0
0.033 0.98430.0013 0 ( 250 )

2 0.0
BHF62AT-RA, BHF62CT-RA, BHF62ST-RA Motor Model: BHM62T-G2 Gearhead Model: BH6G2-RA Weight: 22 lb. (10.0 kg) d A302
6.30 (160)
Motor/Gearhead (Combination Type with Right-Angle Solid Shaft)
6.06 (154)
Key and Key Slot (Included) (Scale 1/2) At the time of shipment, the parallel key is pressed into the key slot. 0.23620.0012 (60 0.03) 0.7280.004 0 (18.50.1 )
0
Introduction
4.06 (103)
3.90 (99)
4.65 (118)
1.2600.008 (320.2)
0.23620.0012 0 (60.03)
BX
0.63 (16)
FBL2
1.89 (48)
1.26 (32) 0.16 (4)
AXU
0 0.86610 0.0008 ( 220.021)
0.96 (24.5)
AXH
0 2.28350.0018 ( 580.046 ) 0
4.02 (102) 1.10 Max. (28 Max.) 2.95 (75) 0.35 (9)
0. 02
0.5
2.44 (62)
. 4
72
2 1
1.69 (43)
ES
4.09 (104)
0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes Use cable (VCTF) with a diameter of 0.24 inch (6 mm)0.47 inch (12 mm). Details of Terminal Box Page A-224
2.60 (66)
BHF62AT-, BHF62CT-, BHF62ST- Motor Model: BHM62T-G2 Gearhead Model: BH6G2- Weight: 17.6 lb. (8.0 kg) d A304
1.10 Max. (28 Max.) 2.95 (75)
Motor/Gearhead (Combination Type with Parallel Shaft)
0.35 (9)
0.70870.0007 0 (180.018) 0.79 (20) 0.81 (20.5) 1.65 (42)
2.44 (62) 1.69 (43)
Key and Key Slot (Included) (Scale 1/2) At the time of shipment, the parallel key is pressed into the key slot. 0.23620.0012 (60 0.03) 0.5710.004 0 (14.50.1)
4.06 (103)
0.9840.008 (250.2)
0.23620.0012 0 (60.03)
20 4.7 00.5 ) 2 1 (
0.41 (10.5) 6.30 (160) 2.83 (72) 0.20 (5) 1.65 (42) 0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes 4.09 (104)
.02
Use cable (VCTF) with a diameter of 0.24 inch (6 mm)0.47 inch (12 mm). Details of Terminal Box Page A-224
0.98 (25)
Dimensions B-76
B-77
4.06 (103)
3.70080 0.0014
0 (940.035 )
1.18 (30)
0.51 (13)
0.63 (16) 3.90 (99) 4.65 (118)
4.06 (103)
0.16 (4)
0.31 0.94 (24) (8

A
0.0016 0 0.04 0 )
0.9843 (25
0.0013 0 0.033 ) 0
A'
0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes Use cable (VCTF) with a diameter of 0.32 inch (8 mm)0.47 inch (12 mm).
1.11 (28.3) 4.09 (104)
4 ( .72 12 0 0.02 0.5 )
2.60 (66)
Key (Included) (Scale 1/2)

0
0.31500.0014
0.9840.008
0 80.036
B-78
0 250.2
0.27560.0014
0 70.036
Features B-70
Specifications B-72
2.28 (58)
Round Shaft Type

BHF62AT-A, BHF62CT-A, BHF62ST-A Motor Model: BHM62T-A Weight: 11 lb. (5.0 kg) d A308
1.10 Max. (28 Max.)
2.95 (75)
0.35 (9)
2.44 (62) 1.69 (43)

.02
0.55120 0.0007
(140 0.018)
20 4.7 00.5) 2 1 (
4.09 (104)
0.41 (10.5) 6.30 (160)
0.08 (2) 1.46(37)
0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
Use cable (VCTF) with a diameter of 0.24 inch (6 mm)0.47 inch (12 mm). Details of Terminal Box Page A-224
Motor/Gearhead (Combination Type with Right-Angle Hollow Shaft)

BHF62AMT-RH, BHF62CMT-RH, BHF62SMT-RH Motor Model: BHM62MT-G2 Gearhead Model: BH6G2-RH Weight: 25.3 lb. (11.5 kg) d A384
8.66 (220) 4.30 (109.3) 1.18 (30) 6.06 (154) 0.59 (15) 0.06 (1.5) 1.18 (30) 0.59 (15)
0.06 (1.5)
Flange Mounting Surface 0.19 (4.8) Groove for Retaining Ring 0.008 0.21 1.03 +0 ( 26.20 )
0.41 (10.5)
1.57 (40) 4.02 (102) 2.2835 0.046 0 (58 0.046)

0
Section AA' (Detail drawing of output shaft)
6.89 (175) 3.94 (100)
1.26Max. (32 Max.)
2.91 (74)
Motor/Gearhead (Combination Type with Right-Angle Solid Shaft)

BHF62AMT-RA, BHF62CMT-RA, BHF62SMT-RA Motor Model: BHM62MT-G2 Gearhead Model: BH6G2-RA Weight: 25.3 lb. (11.5 kg) d A385
8.66 (220)
6.06 (154)
Key and Key Slot (Included) (Scale 1/2) At the time of shipment, the parallel key is pressed into the key slot. 0.23620.0012 (60 0.03) 0.7280.004 0 (18.50.1 )
0
Introduction
0.63 (16) 3.90 (99) 4.65 (118)
4.06 (103)
1.2600.008 (320.2)
0.23620.0012 0 (60.03)
0.41 (10.5)
FBL2
1.26 (32) 0.16 (4)
1.89 (48)
AXU
4.02 (102) 2.2835 0.0018(58 0.046) 6.89 (175) 3.94 (100)

0 0
0.8661 0.0008 (22 0.021) 0.96 (24.5)
AXH
1.26 Max. (32 Max.)
2.91 (74)
.5) 2 .7 0 4 20 1 (
0.
02
0.94 (24)
2.28 (58)
ES US
4.09 (104)
Use cable (VCTF) with a diameter of 0.32 inch (8 mm)0.47 inch (12 mm).
0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
2.60 (66)
Motor/Gearhead (Combination Type with Parallel Shaft)

BHF62AMT-, BHF62CMT-, BHF62SMT- Motor Model: BHM62MT-G2 Gearhead Model: BH6G2- Weight: 20.9 lb. (9.5 kg) d A386
Key and Key Slot (Included) (Scale 1/2) At the time of shipment, the parallel key is pressed into the key slot. 0.23620.0012 (60 0.03) 0.5710.004 0 (14.50.1) 4.09 (104)
20 4.7 0.5) 0 ( 12
.02
0 0
0.9840.008 (250.2)
0.23620.0012 0 (60.03)
6.89 (175) 3.94 (100)
1.26 Max. (32 Max.)
0.70870.0007 (18 0.018) 0.98 (25) 0.79 (20) 0.81 (20.5) 1.65 (42) 2.28 (58)
0
2.91 (74)
0.94 (24)
0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
4.06 (103)
0.41 (10.5) 8.66 (220)
0.20 (5) 2.83 (72)
1.65 (42)
Use cable (VCTF) with a diameter of 0.32 inch (8 mm)0.47 inch (12 mm). Dimensions B-76 Connection and Operation B-81 Motor and Inverter Combinations B-85
B-79
0.5512 0.0007 (14 0.018)
0.94 (24)
3.7008 0.0014
(94 0.035)
1.18 (30) 4.06 (103)
0.51 (13)
72 0.5) 4. 20 ( 1
0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
0.02
0.41 (10.5) 8.66 (220)
0.08 (2) 1.46 (37)
Use cable (VCTF) with a diameter of 0.32 inch (8 mm)0.47 inch (12 mm).
Inverter
FSP200-1, FSP200-2, FSP200-3 Weight: 1.32 lb. (0.6 kg) d A390
0.73 (18.5) M3 P0.5, 5 Places 4.72 (120) 0.55 Max. (14 Max.) 0.25 (6.32) 1.85 (47)
Mounting Tab (1 set of 2 pieces included)
1.85 (47) 4C2 0.93 0.3 (7.5) (23.5) 0.71 (18) 1.26 (32) 0.08 (2)
0.73 (18.5)
0.71 (18)
M4 P0.7, 2 Places
0.2 Max. (5 Max.)
M3 P0.5, 11 Places
Mounting Method for Hollow Shaft Gearheads

These diagrams show how to mount loads depending on the shape of the shaft. The tolerance of the inner diameter for the hollow shaft is finished as H8, and "key slot" processing is given to mount the load shaft. The recommended tolerance of the load shaft is h7. Use the key provided with the product by fastening it to the shaft. Apply a coating of molybdenum disulfide or similar grease to the inner diameter of the load shaft to prevent binding. Recommended load shaft dimensions are shown to the right.
Recommended size of inner diameter for the hollow shaft and load shaft
Unitinch (mm) Model Inner diameter of hollow shaft H8 Recommended load shaft diameter h7 BH6G2-RH 0.9843 0.0013 (25 0.033 ) 0 0
0 0.9843 0 0.0008 ( 25 0.021 )
Replace the safety cover after installing the load shaft. Note: Be careful not to apply a shock to the hollow shaft when mounting a load. It may damage the bearing inside the gearhead.
Stepped-Down Shaft
Hollow Shaft Spacer Load Shaft Flat Washer
Straight Load Shaft

Hollow Shaft Spacer Load Shaft Flat Washer
Bolt (M6) Spring Washer Retaining Ring for Hole
Pitch 0.15 (3.81) 5.31 (135)
Pitch 0.3 (7.62)
0.35 (9)
B-80
Features B-70
Specifications B-72
0.18 (4.5)
3.5 (89)
0.126 (3.2) Countersink2 Places R0.09 (R2.25)
Bolt (M6) Spring Washer Retaining Ring for Hole Spacer
4.09 (104)
2.28 (58)
Round Shaft Type

BHF62AMT-A, BHF62CMT-A, BHF62SMT-A Motor Model: BHM62MT-A Weight: 14.3 lb. (6.5 kg) d A387
6.89 (175) 3.94 (100) 1.26 Max. (32 Max.) 2.91 (74)

Built-in Potentiometer Display SPEED SS SD Function Built-in speed potentiometer Acceleration time potentiometer Deceleration time potentiometer
SS H SD ALARM L SPEED POWER
LED Display Display POWER ALARM Function Power indicator Alarm indicator Lighting Condition Turns on (green) while power is being supplied. Turns on (red) or blinks when an alarm is triggered.
Introduction
Switch
Set the switch to H if the cable between the motor and inverter is less than 32.8 ft. (10 m) in length. Set it to L if the cable length exceeds 32.8 ft. (10 m). Input/Output Signal Terminals Block
BX
Regeneration unit terminals
RG
FBL2
MB+
Electromagnetic brake terminals

MBU
Signal Function and Operation IN-COM Ground terminal for input signals Ground terminal for input signals.
I-COM CW CCW MO
Display
CW CCW MO
NC NC SD
Clockwise rotation input Counterclockwise rotation input Speed-setting mode selection input Slow down input Electromagnetic brake release input
Clockwise rotation/stop selection input

AXU
Counterclockwise rotation/stop selection input Built-in/external speed-setting selection input
Motor connection terminals
V W L
NC NC SD FREE RST
AXH
Power connection terminals

N
100/ 115V
TP H M
Instantaneous stop/slow down stop selection input Electromagnetic brake releases/locks selection input
FREE
ES
NC FG
L S-MON ALM O-COM
RST
Alarm reset input
This input is used to reset the alarm while in an energized state in the event any protective function of the inverter is activated. This input is used to connect the lead wire of the regeneration units internal thermal protector when the braking regeneration unit (sold separately) is used. These are connected for speed control via the external speed potentiometer or external DC voltage. This output is used to monitor the motor speed. Pulse signals at a rate of 12 pulses per revolution of the motor output shaft. When the protective function is activated, this output is set to OFF (H) and the motor stops.
US
Protective Earth terminals (2 locations)
ORIENTAL MOTOR
TP
Thermal signal input
The unit shown above uses a single-phase 100/115 V power-supply input.

H, M, L Speed-setting mode selection input
S-MON
Speed monitor output
ALM O-COM
Alarm output
Ground terminal for output signals Ground terminal for output signals.
Dimensions B-76
B-81
B-82
Connection Diagrams Single-phase 100-115 VAC,

Single-phase 200-230 VAC
SPEED POWER SS H SD ALARM L
OFF ON OFF ON
Regeneration unit 1 [Accessories (sold separately)] 400

Thermal protector lead wires To I-COM To TP
B B
2
RG
OFF ON OFF
MB+ MBU V W L
I-COM CW
ON OFF
SW1 Clockwise rotation /stop selection input SW2 Counterclockwise rotation /stop selection input SW3 Speed-setting mode selection input SW4 Slow down input SW5 Electromagnetic brake release input 3 SW6 Alarm reset input External DC voltage 24 VDC 0.1 A min.

ON OFF ON
U V W
CCW MO NC NC
Power connection Connect to a single-phase 100-115 VAC 10%, 50/60 Hz power supply. (FSP200-2: Connect to a single-phase 200-230 VAC 10%, Circuit breaker 50/60 Hz power supply.) Power supply
SD FREE RST
~ N
100115V
TP H M
NC FG
L S-MON ALM O-COM
3 2 1
Regeneration unit thermal signal input Speed potentiometer 20 k 1/4 W [Accessories (sold separately)]
ORIENTAL MOTOR
Protective Earth (screw size: M4)
Three-phase 200-230 VAC

SPEED POWER SS H SD ALARM L
OFF ON OFF ON
Regeneration unit
[Accessories (sold separately)]

Thermal protector lead wires To I-COM To TP
B B
2
400
RG
OFF ON OFF
MB+ MBU V W L1
I-COM CW
ON OFF
SW1 Clockwise rotation /stop selection input SW2 Counterclockwise rotation /stop selection input SW3 Speed-setting mode selection input SW4 Slow down input SW5 Electromagnetic brake release input 3 SW6 Alarm reset input External DC voltage 24 VDC 0.1 A min.

ON OFF
U V W
CCW MO NC NC SD FREE RST TP
ON
Power connection Connect to a three-phase 200-230 VAC10%, 50/60 Hz power supply. Power supply
Circuit breaker
L3
L2 230V
200-
H M L S-MON
3 2 1
Regeneration unit thermal signal input Speed potentiometer 20 k 1/4 W [Accessories (sold separately)]
FG
ALM O-COM
ORIENTAL MOTOR
Protective Earth (screw size: M4)
See page A-215 for connection of the SDM496 speed indicator.
1 This should be connected only when using a regeneration unit. 2 This should be connected only for a speed control system with an electromagnetic brake. 3 The electromagnetic brake release input can be used only with a speed control system with electromagnetic brake. Notes: If the wiring between the motor and inverter needs to be extended by 32.8 ft. (10 m) or more, use a polyethylene-insulated electric wire of AWG16 or larger. Do not connect more than one cable or allow the overall wiring length to exceed 164 ft. (50 m). Doing so may result in a malfunction. With the electromagnetic brake type, setting the wiring length too long delays the operation of the electromagnetic brake [by approx. 100 ms at a wiring length of 164 ft. (50 m)]. To minimize the delay time, use separate cables for the electromagnetic brake cable and motor cable. Separate the signal and motor cables from noise-generating equipment or power lines. After connecting each cable to the terminal block, be sure to install the connector cover.
Features B-70
Specifications B-72
Connecting the motor and inverter

A motor cable is not supplied with the product. Please provide the appropriate cable.
Connecting the Motor Appropriate lead wires

AWG 18 min.
Connecting the Inverter Power input terminals, motor connection terminals Appropriate lead wires
AWG 18 min. U-Shape Terminal with Insulation
0.14 inch Min. (3.6 mm Min.)
Terminals (Use a crimp terminal for the electromagnetic brake type.)

0.28 inch Max. (7.2 mm Max.) 0.14 inch Min. (3.6 mm) Min.
Terminals
0.24 inch Max. (6.2 mm Max.) 0.13 inch Min. (3.2 mm Min.)
Protective Earth
0.33 inch Max. (8.5 mm Max.) 0.17 inch Min. (4.3 mm Min.)
Introduction
0.24 inch Max. (6.2 mm Max.)
BX
after crimp 0.24 inch Max. 0.15 inch Max. (6.2 mm Max.) (3.8 mm Max.)
after crimp 0.24 inch Max. (6.2 mm Max.)
0.35 inch Min. (9 mm Min.)
0.67 inch Min. (17 mm Min.)
FBL2
Protective Earth
I/O signal terminal

When a crimp terminal should be used, use one of the following terminals:
AXU
0.37 inch Max. (9.5 mm Max.)
Phoenix Contact
AI 0.25-6 Applicable wiring gauge: AWG 24 AI 0.34-6 Applicable wiring gauge: AWG 22 AI 0.5-6 Applicable wiring gauge: AWG 20
AXH
Timing Chart
CW input ON (L) OFF(H)
ES
ON (L) CCW input OFF(H) SLOW DOWN input MO input ON (L) OFF(H) ON (L) OFF(H) 1500 r/min (External potentiometer) 500 r/min (Built-in potentiometer) Motor operation Deceleration Deceleration
CW Acceleration CCW
CW
CW CCW
CW Acceleration
Deceleration 1 2 Electromagnetic Brake Release Release Release Release Release
All run, stop, direction change and speed change operations can be controlled by the CW, CCW, M0, and SD input signals. If the CW input is set to ON ("L" level), the motor rotates in a clockwise direction as viewed from the shaft end of the motor; if the CW input is set to OFF ("H" level), the motor stops. If the CCW input is set to ON ("L" level), the motor rotates in a counterclockwise direction as viewed from the shaft end of the motor; if the CCW input is set to OFF ("H" level), the motor stops. The acceleration time is set by the built-in acceleration potentiometer (SS). If the SD input is set to ON ("L" level), the deceleration time is the value set by the built-in deceleration potentiometer (SD.) Turning the M0 input to ON ("L" level) selects the speed set by the external speed potentiometer. Turning the input to OFF ("H" level) causes the motor to operate at the speed set by the built-in speed potentiometer. The timing chart shown at left is based on a built-in speed-potentiometer setting of 500 r/min and an external speedpotentiometer setting of 1500 r/min. To release the electromagnetic brake when the motor is stopped, turn the FREE (electromagnetic brake release) input to ON ("L" level). This releases the electromagnetic brake and allows the motor's output shaft to turn freely. (This function is available only with a speed control system with an electromagnetic brake.) Note: While the motor is running, the temperature of the motor case should not exceed 194F (90C).
1 The motor will stop if the CW and CCW inputs are simultaneously turned to ON ("L" level). 2 When the motor runs and/or stops in a short cycle, the electromagnetic brake may be left released if a shorter time is set for the acceleration/deceleration time.
Dimensions B-76
B-83
B-84
Input Signal Circuit Input Circuit

Common to CW, CCW and SLOW DOWN, FREE, RST inputs.
Output Signal Circuit Output Circuit

Common to S-MON, ALM outputs.
Output
680 Input I-COM 2.4k O-COM
The FREE input is used only with a speed control system with electromagnetic brake.
Connection Example for Input Signals Controlled by Small Capacity Relays

Inverter I-COM CW CCW MO SD FREE RST
Connection Example for Output Signals

Inverter Vcc Controller
ON ON ON ON
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON ON
OFF: Stop ON: CW Rotation OFF: Stop ON: CCW Rotation OFF: Built-in speed potentiometer ON: External speed potentiometer OFF: Brake ON: Slow down OFF: Lock ON: Release ON: Reset
S-MON ALM O-COM R
Use a small capacity contact point type relay capable of switching 24 VDC, 5 mA. The FREE input is used only with a speed control system with electromagnetic brake.
An external power source is required since the circuit has an open-collector output configuration as shown in the figure above. There is no need to connect an external power source if no signal outputs are used. Use an external power source of 26.4 VDC or below. Connect a limit resistance according to the power-supply voltage so that the current level doesn't exceed 10 mA.
Speed monitor output: Pulse signals are output at a rate at 12
Electronic Input Control

Controller photocoupler Input I-COM Inverter
pulses per revolution of the motor output shaft are output. (Note that this is monitoring of the speed command issued from the inverter to the motor, not that of the speed measured at the motor's output shaft.) Motor speed: S-MON output frequency [Hz] 12 60 [r/min]
Alarm output: This signal is output when a protection function for overload, circuit overheat, overvoltage, undervoltage, overcurrent or EEPROM error has been activated. When an alarm signal is output, this output is turned to OFF ("H" level) between the ALARM OUT and GND terminals.
Features B-70
Specifications B-72
Method of Speed Setting Speed Control by Built-in Potentiometer

The Built-in speed potentiometer is selected when the MO (speed-setting mode selection input) is set to OFF ("H" level). Turning the Built-in speed potentiometer clockwise sets a faster speed, while turning it counterclockwise brings the motor to a stop. Speed Control by External Potentiometer The external speed potentiometer can be used when the MO (speed-setting mode selection input) is set to ON ("L" level). When the optional external speed potentiometer is used, connect it as illustrated below. Turning the external speed potentiometer clockwise sets a faster speed.
External potentiometer
List of Motor and Inverter Combinations

Model name for motor/control unit combinations are shown below
Combination Type Speed Control System

Model BHF62AT-RH BHF62AT-RA BHF62AT- BHF62CT-RH BHF62CT-RA BHF62CT- BHF62ST-RH BHF62ST-RA BHF62ST- BHM62T-G2 Motor Gearhead BH6G2-RH BH6G2-RA BH6G2- BH6G2-RH BH6G2-RA BH6G2- BH6G2-RH BH6G2-RA BH6G2- FSP200-3 FSP200-2 Inverter FSP200-1
Introduction BX Brushless DC Motor Systems AC Input DC Input FBL2
High speed
3
Inverter I/O terminal
H M L
AXU
Speed [r/ min]
External speed potentiometer scalespeed characteristics (Representative Values)
Speed Control by External DC Voltage

External DC voltage can be used when the MO (speedsetting mode selection input) is set to ON ("L" level). To set the motor speed via external DC voltage, connect a DC power supply as illustrated below. Raising the DC voltage sets a faster speed.
External DC power supply 05 VDC 5 mA Max.
Inverter I/O terminal H M L
Speed [r/ min]
2 3
Round Shaft Speed Control System

Model BHF62AT-A BHF62CT-A BHF62ST-A BHM62T-A Motor Inverter FSP200-1 FSP200-2 FSP200-3
AXH
BHF
2500 2000 1500 1000 500
Combination Type Speed Control System with Electromagnetic Brake

Model BHF62AMT-RH BHF62AMT-RA BHF62AMT- BHF62CMT-RH
0 20 40 60 80 Dial Plate Value 100
AC Motor Systems
ES
Motor
Gearhead BH6G2-RH BH6G2-RA BH6G2- BH6G2-RH
Inverter FSP200-1
BHF62CMT-RA BHF62CMT- BHF62SMT-RH BHF62SMT-RA BHF62SMT-
BHM62MT-G2
BH6G2-RA BH6G2- BH6G2-RH BH6G2-RA BH6G2-
FSP200-2
FSP200-3
Round Shaft Speed Control System with Electromagnetic Brake

Model BHF62AMT-A BHF62CMT-A BHF62SMT-A BHM62MT-A Motor Inverter FSP200-1 FSP200-2 FSP200-3
1 k 1/4 W Min.
2500 2000 1500 1000 500
2 3 4 DC Voltage [V]
DC voltagespeed characteristics (Representative Values)

Dimensions B-76 Connection and Operation B-81 Motor and Inverter Combinations B-85
B-85
B-86
AC Motor Speed Controller
ES01/ES02
ES01 and ES02 are Oriental Motor's newest speed controllers designed for ease of its functions and operations. A wide range of speed control motors is available for use with these new controllers.
Features
Multi-Functions
Speed Control Range 901400 r/min (50 Hz) 901600 r/min (60 Hz) Speed Control Function Acceleration/deceleration function that enables smooth start and stop
Compatible with Voltages in All Major Countries

The design conforms to typical global safety standards. The CE Marking is used in accordance with the EMC directives and low voltage directives.
Easy Wiring
Terminals for control-singnal lines
Speed Control Function

The ES01/ES02 enables users to regulate the output speed of motors ranging from 6W to 90W.
IP20-Compliant
The IP20-compliant construction prevents the operator from touching the terminal block, thereby ensuring a high degree of safety.
Terminals for power-supply cables
For easy wiring the new design provides separate connector terminals for power-supply cables and control-signal lines.
Speed Controller Product Line

Speed Controller
Model ES01 ES02 Voltage Single-Phase 100-115 VAC Single-Phase 200-230 VAC

Speed Controllers
Standards UL508 CSA C.22.2 No.14 EN50178 EN60950 EN50081-2 EN61000-6-2 Details of Safety StandardsPage G-2 The EMC value changes according to the wiring and layout. Therefore, the final EMC level must be checked incorporated in the equipment. Conform to EN Standards Certification Body UL Standards File No. E91291 Low Voltage Directive EMC Directive CE Marking
Specifications of Speed Controller

Model Name Voltage Frequency Operable Motor Output Power Speed Range Function Insulation Resistance Dielectric Strength Ambient Temperature Range Ambient Humidity Degree of Protection ES01 Single-Phase 100-115 VAC 10% 50/60 Hz World K Series: 6 W, 15 W, 25 W, 40 W, 60 W V Series: 6 W, 15 W, 25 W, 40 W, 60 W, 90 W 50 Hz: 901400 r/min, 60 Hz: 901600 r/min Speed Control, Instantaneous Stop, Acceleration/Deceleration ES02 Single-Phase 200-230 VAC 10%
UC
100 M or more when 500 VDC is applied between the PE terminal and the power supply terminals, all the pins and the frame. Sufficient to withstand 3.0 kV at 50 Hz, 60 Hz applied between all the pins and the frame for 1 minute. Sufficient to withstand 1.5 kV at 50 Hz, 60 Hz applied between the PE terminals and the power supply terminals for 1 min. 32F104F (0C40C) (nonfreezing) 85% maximum (noncondensing) IP 20 (with cover)
Notes: These models cannot be used for applications requiring the control of more than one motor/controller set by the same external potentiometer. When the motor is commanded to stop immediately, the large braking current will flow to the motor. See page B-115 for the braking current.
DimensionsPage B-103
Connection and OperationPage B-111

Features B-86 System Configuration B-87 Specifications B-86 Characteristics B-100
Motor Speed Indicator (Accessories) Not a standard certified product. (Page A-214) External Speed Potentiometer (Included with the Speed Controller)
Introduction
Speed Controller Speed Controller Speed Control Motor (Sold Separately)
Right-Angle Gearhead (Sold Separately) (Page A-189) Gearhead (Sold Separately)
AXU
AC Power Supply
Capacitor Cap (Included)
AXH BHF
Capacitor (Included with Single-phase motors)
AC Motor Systems
Speed Control Motor

ES
Applicable Speed Control Motor (Sold Separately)

World K Series Speed Control Motors 6 W60 W
A tachometer generator built into our standard AC induction and reversible motors allows a wide range of speed control. This simple structure delivers high reliability at a low cost, making this system a popular solution for a wide range of applications.
US
V Series Speed Control Motors 6 W90 W

The V series speed control motors provide quiet operation, long life and high strength performance, making them the perfect solution for many applications. The motor and gearhead come pre-assembled to make installation easy.
Speed Control Motors

Standards UL1004 UL2111 CSA C.22.2 No.100 CSA C.22.2 No.77 EN60950 EN60034-1 EN60034-5 IEC60034-11 UL

Certification Body Standards File No. CE Marking
E64199 (6 W) E64197 (15 W90 W) Low Voltage Directive
Conform to EN Standards
15 W40 W Type Details of Safety StandardsPage G-2 When the motor is approved under various standards, the model name on the nameplate is the approved model name. List of Safety Standard Approved ProductsPage G-17, G-18
Dimensions B-103
Motor and Gearhead Combinations B-115
B-87
B-88
Product Number Code
World K Series Speed Control Motors
For World K Series Gearheads
4 I K 25 R GN AW U
q w e r t
q Motor Frame Size I: Induction Motor w R: Reversible Motor e K Series Output Power (W) r Example 25: 25 W t Speed Control Motor Motor Shaft Type GN: Pinion Shaft for use with GN-type gearhead y GU: Pinion Shaft for use with GU-type gearhead A: Round Shaft Voltage u AW: Single-Phase 110-115 VAC CW: Single-Phase 220-230 VAC With Capacitor for i U: Single-Phase 110-115 VAC E: Single-Phase 220-230 VAC
4 GN 50 KA
q w e r
q Gearhead Frame Size Gearhead Type w GN: For use with GN-type pinion shaft motor GU: For use with GU-type pinion shaft motor Gear Ratio e Example 50: Gear Ratio of 50:1 Type of Bearings and Shaft Type KA: Ball Bearing Type (inch-size) r RAA: Right Angle Solid Shaft Type (inch size) RH: Right Angle Hollow Shaft Type
World K Series Speed Control Motors Single-Phase 110/115 VAC

Output Power HP 1/125 1/50 1/30 1/19 1/12 W 6 15 25 40 60 Induction Motors Pinion Shaft Type 2IK6RGN-AWU 3IK15RGN-AWU 4IK25RGN-AWU 5IK40RGN-AWU 5IK60RGU-AWU Round Shaft Type 2IK6RA-AWU 3IK15RA-AWU 4IK25RA-AWU 5IK40RA-AWU 5IK60RA-AWU Reversible Motors Pinion Shaft Type 2RK6RGN-AWU 3RK15RGN-AWU 4RK25RGN-AWU 5RK40RGN-AWU 5RK60RGU-AWU Round Shaft Type 2RK6RA-AWU 3RK15RA-AWU 4RK25RA-AWU 5RK40RA-AWU 5RK60RA-AWU ES01 Speed Controller
Product Line
Single-Phase 220/230 VAC

Output Power HP 1/125 1/50 1/30 1/19 1/12 W 6 15 25 40 60 Induction Motors Pinion Shaft Type 2IK6RGN-CWE 3IK15RGN-CWE 4IK25RGN-CWE 5IK40RGN-CWE 5IK60RGU-CWE Round Shaft Type 2IK6RA-CWE 3IK15RA-CWE 4IK25RA-CWE 5IK40RA-CWE 5IK60RA-CWE Reversible Motors Pinion Shaft Type 2RK6RGN-CWE 3RK15RGN-CWE 4RK25RGN-CWE 5RK40RGN-CWE 5RK60RGU-CWE Round Shaft Type 2RK6RA-CWE 3RK15RA-CWE 4RK25RA-CWE 5RK40RA-CWE 5RK60RA-CWE ES02 Speed Controller
Gearheads for World K Series (Sold Separately) Parallel

Gearhead Model Gear Ratio 3180 2GNKA 2GN10XK (Decimal Gearhead) 3180 3GNKA 3GN10XK (Decimal Gearhead) 3180 4GNKA 4GN10XK (Decimal Gearhead) 3180 5GNKA 5GN10XK (Decimal Gearhead) 3180 5GUKA 5GU10XKB (Decimal Gearhead) Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name.
Right-Angle
Type Hollow Shaft Gearhead Model 4GNRH 5GNRH 5GURH 4GNRAA Solid Shaft 5GNRAA 5GURAA Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name. 3.6180 3180 3.6180 Gear Ratio
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
Product Number Code
V Series Speed Control Motors
V S I 4 25 A 30 U
q w e r t y
q V Series w Speed Control Motor I: Induction Motor e R: Reversible Motor r Motor Frame Size Output Power (W) t Example 25: 25 W Voltage y A: Single-Phase 100/110/115 VAC C: Single-Phase 200/220/230 VAC Gear Ratio u Example 30: Gear ratio of 30:1 With Capacitor for i U: Single-Phase 110-115 VAC E: Single-Phase 220-230 VAC
u i
Introduction BX Brushless DC Motor Systems AC Input DC Input FBL2 AXU
Product Line
AXH
V Series Speed Control Motors (Combination Type) Single-Phase 110/115 VAC

Output Power HP 1/125 1/50 1/30 1/19 1/12 1/8 W 6 15 25 40 60 90 VSI206A-U VSI315A-U VSI425A-U VSI540A-U VSI560A-U VSI590A-U VSR206A-U VSR315A-U VSR425A-U VSR540A-U VSR560A-U VSR590A-U ES01 Induction Motors Reversible Motors Speed Controller

Output Power HP 1/125 1/50 1/30 1/19 1/12 1/8 W Induction Motors VSI206C-E VSI315C-E VSI425C-E VSI540C-E VSI560C-E VSI590C-E Reversible Motors VSR206C-E VSR315C-E VSR425C-E VSR540C-E VSR560C-E VSR590C-E ES02 Speed Controller
6 15 25 40 60 90
Dimensions B-103
B-89
B-90
World K Series Induction Motors Continuous Rating Single-Phase 110/115 VAC Applicable Speed Controller: ES01
Model Pinion Shaft Type Round Shaft Type Z 2IK6RGN-AWU 2IK6RA-AWU Maximum Output Power HP 1/125 W 6 15 25 40 60 Voltage VAC Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Frequency Speed Range Hz 60 60 60 60 60 r/min 901600 901600 901600 901600 901600 Permissible Torque 1200 r/min 90 r/min oz-in mNm oz-in mNm oz-in mNm 7.1 17.7 26 31 69 50 125 185 225 490 4.9 5.9 7.1 9.5 29 35 42 50 67 210 5.6 9.2 17.0 25 28 45 40 65 120 180 200 320 Starting Torque
Specifications of Applicable Motors
UC
Power Current Capacitor Consumption A 0.28 0.48 0.75 1.1 2 W 29 46 58 69 107 180 F 2.5 4.5 6.5 9 18
T 3IK15RGN-AWU 3IK15RA-AWU 1/50 T 4IK25RGN-AWU 4IK25RA-AWU 1/30 T 5IK40RGN-AWU 5IK40RA-AWU 1/19 T 5IK60RGU-AWU 5IK60RA-AWU 1/12
Z: These motors are impedance protected. T: These motors contain a built-in thermal protector. If a motor overheats for any reason, the thermal protector is opened and the motor stops. When the motor temperature drops, the thermal protector closes and the motor restarts. Be sure to turn the motor off before inspecting. The speed range is under no load conditions.
Single-Phase 220/230 VAC Applicable Speed Controller: ES02

Model Pinion Shaft Type Round Shaft Type Maximum Output Power HP W Voltage VAC Single-Phase 220 Z 2IK6RGN-CWE 2IK6RA-CWE 1/125 6 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 220 T 3IK15RGN-CWE 3IK15RA-CWE 1/50 15 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 220 T 4IK25RGN-CWE 4IK25RA-CWE 1/30 25 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 220 T 5IK40RGN-CWE 5IK40RA-CWE 1/19 40 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 220 T 5IK60RGU-CWE 5IK60RA-CWE 1/12 60 Single-Phase 230 Frequency Speed Range Hz 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 r/min 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 Permissible Torque
UC
4.9 35 0.14 5.6 9.2 40 65 75 65 110 0.34 17.0 120 190 0.55 200 0.84 45 320 0.89 0.85 0.89 0.23 29 43 46 44 47 63 67 63 69 96 104 99 105 155 175 158 172 4 2.3 1.5 1 28 0.6
Starting Power Current Capacitor Torque Consumption 1200 r/min 90 r/min oz-in mNm oz-in mNm oz-in mNm A W F 5.9 7.1 6.5 7.1 15.6 17.7 16.3 17.7 26 28 25 42 39 45 36 65 69 69 42 50 46 50 110 125 115 125 190 200 180 300 280 320 260 460 490 490 10.6 9.9 28 30 24 25 75 70 200 215 170 180 7.1 50 5.3 38 4.5 32
10.6 9.2 15.6
26 28
Z: These motors are impedance protected. T: These motors contain a built-in thermal protector. If a motor overheats for any reason, the thermal protector is opened and the motor stops. When the motor temperature drops, the thermal protector closes and the motor restarts. Be sure to turn the motor off before inspecting. The speed range is under no load conditions.
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
World K Series Reversible Motors 30-Minute Rating Single-Phase 110/115 VAC Applicable Speed Controller: ES01
Model Pinion Shaft Type Round Shaft Type Z 2RK6RGN-AWU 2RK6RA-AWU Maximum Output Power HP 1/125 W 6 15 25 40 60 Voltage VAC Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Frequency Speed Range Hz 60 60 60 60 60 r/min 901600 901600 901600 901600 901600
Permissible Torque
UC
Starting Torque Power Current Capacitor Consumption A 0.32 0.6 0.95 1.4 2.2 W 32 59 90 138 201 F 3.5 6 8 12 20 6.3 14.2 19.8 34 36 53 45 100 140 240 260 380
1200 r/min 90 r/min oz-in mNm oz-in mNm oz-in mNm 7.1 17.7 29 45 69 50 125 205 320 490 7.1 12 15.6 22 38 50 85 110 155 270
Introduction
T 3RK15RGN-AWU 3RK15RA-AWU 1/50 T 4RK25RGN-AWU 4RK25RA-AWU 1/30 T 5RK40RGN-AWU 5RK40RA-AWU 1/19 T 5RK60RGU-AWU 5RK60RA-AWU 1/12
Z: These motors are impedance protected. T: These motors contain a built-in thermal protector. If a motor overheats for any reason, the thermal protector is opened and the motor stops. When the motor temperature drops, the thermal protector closes and the motor restarts. Be sure to turn the motor off before inspecting. The permissible torque and the starting torque of reversible motors are shown in terms without the brake applied. Please keep in mind that you should select a suitable motor with enough torque, when designing the equipment. The speed range is under no load conditions.
AXU AXH

Model Pinion Shaft Type Round Shaft Type Maximum Output Power HP W Voltage VAC Single-Phase 220 Z 2RK6RGN-CWE 2RK6RA-CWE 1/125 6 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 220 T 3RK15RGN-CWE 3RK15RA-CWE 1/50 15 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 220 T 4RK25RGN-CWE 4RK25RA-CWE 1/30 25 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 220 T 5RK40RGN-CWE 5RK40RA-CWE 1/19 40 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 220 T 5RK60RGU-CWE 5RK60RA-CWE 1/12 60 Single-Phase 230 Frequency Speed Range Hz 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 r/min 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 69 490 39 280 45 320 25 24 24 180 170 170 29 205 16.3 115 19.8 22 19.8 38 36 38 36 59 53 65 53 140 155 140 270 260 270 260 420 380 460 380 1.0 1.0 1.1 185 198 188 202 0.72 133 0.44 88 17.7 125 12.3 87 14.2 100 0.29 59
Permissible Torque
UC
Starting Torque Power Current Capacitor Consumption A 0.15 0.16 0.16 W F 7.1 50 45 50 45 6.3 7.1 6.3
BHF
1200 r/min 90 r/min oz-in mNm oz-in mNm oz-in mNm 6.3 7.1 7.1 45 50 50 7.1 50
AC Motor Systems
ES
33
0.8
US
1.5
3.5
Z: These motors are impedance protected. T: These motors contain a built-in thermal protector. If a motor overheats for any reason, the thermal protector is opened and the motor stops. When the motor temperature drops, the thermal protector closes and the motor restarts. Be sure to turn the motor off before inspecting. The permissible torque and the starting torque of reversible motors are shown in terms without the brake applied. Please keep in mind that you should select a suitable motor with enough torque, when designing the equipment. The speed range is under no load conditions.
Dimensions B-103
B-91
B-92
V Series Induction Motors Continuous Rating Single-Phase 110/115 VAC Applicable Speed Controller: ES01
Model Combination Type Z T T T T T VSI206A-U VSI315A-U VSI425A-U VSI540A-U VSI560A-U VSI590A-U Maximum Output Power HP 1/125 1/50 1/30 1/19 1/12 1/8 W 6 15 25 40 60 90 Voltage VAC Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Frequency Speed Range Hz 60 60 60 60 60 60 r/min 901600 901600 901600 901600 901600 901600
Permissible Torque
UC
Starting Torque Power Current Capacitor Consumption A 0.28 0.48 0.75 1.1 2 2.6 W 29 46 58 69 107 180 240 F 2.5 4.5 6.5 9 18 20 5.6 9.2 17 25 2.4 45 58 63 40 65 120 180 200 320 410 450
1200 r/min 90 r/min oz-in mNm oz-in mNm oz-in mNm 7.1 17.7 26 31 69 103 50 125 185 225 490 730 4.9 5.9 7.1 9.5 29 29 35 42 50 67 210 210
Z: These motors are impedance protected. T: These motors contain a built-in thermal protector. If a motor overheats for any reason, the thermal protector is opened and the motor stops. When the motor temperature drops, the thermal protector closes and the motor restarts. Be sure to turn the motor off before inspecting. Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name. The values for each item is for the motor only. The speed range is under no load conditions.

Model Combination Type Maximum Output Power HP W Voltage VAC Single-Phase 220 Z VSI206C-E 1/125 6 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 220 T VSI315C-E 1/50 15 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 220 T VSI425C-E 1/30 25 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 220 T VSI540C-E 1/19 40 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 220 T VSI560C-E 1/12 60 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 220 T VSI590C-E 1/8 90 Single-Phase 230 Frequency Speed Range Hz 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 r/min 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 Permissible Torque
UC
4.9 35 0.14 5.6 9.2 40 65 75 65 110 0.34 17 120 190 0.55 200 0.84 45 320 0.89 0.85 0.89 0.23 29 43 46 44 47 63 67 63 69 96 104 99 105 155 175 158 172 209 63 450 1.2 232 211 236 6 4 2.3 1.5 1 28 0.6
Starting Power Current Capacitor Torque Consumption 1200 r/min 90 r/min oz-in mNm oz-in mNm oz-in mNm A W F 5.9 7.1 6.5 7.1 15.6 17.7 16.3 17.7 26 28 25 42 39 45 36 65 69 69 102 103 103 42 50 46 50 110 125 115 125 190 200 180 300 280 320 260 460 490 490 720 730 730 10.6 9.9 28.4 30 24 25 36 39 34 39 75 70 200 215 170 180 260 280 245 280 7.1 50 5.3 38 4.5 32
10.6 9.2 15.6
26 28
Z: These motors are impedance protected. T: These motors contain a built-in thermal protector. If a motor overheats for any reason, the thermal protector is opened and the motor stops. When the motor temperature drops, the thermal protector closes and the motor restarts. Be sure to turn the motor off before inspecting. Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name. The values for each item is for the motor only. The speed range is under no load conditions.
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
V Series Reversible Motors 30-Minute Rating Single-Phase 110/115 VAC Applicable Speed Controller: ES01
Model Combination Type Z T T T T T VSR206A-U VSR315A-U VSR425A-U VSR540A-U VSR560A-U VSR590A-U Maximum Output Power HP 1/125 1/50 1/30 1/19 1/12 1/8 W 6 15 25 40 60 90 Voltage VAC Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Frequency Speed Range Hz 60 60 60 60 60 60 r/min 901600 901600 901600 901600 901600 901600
Permissible Torque
UC
Starting Torque Power Current Capacitor Consumption A 0.32 0.6 0.95 1.4 2.2 3 W 32 59 90 138 201 272 F 3.5 6 8 12 20 30 6.3 14.2 19.8 34 36 53 83 45 100 140 240 260 380 590
1200 r/min 90 r/min oz-in mNm oz-in mNm oz-in mNm 7.1 17.7 29 45 69 103 50 125 205 320 490 730 7.1 12 15 22 38 45 50 85 110 155 270 320
Introduction BX Brushless DC Motor Systems AC Input DC Input FBL2
Z: These motors are impedance protected. T: These motors contain a built-in thermal protector. If a motor overheats for any reason, the thermal protector is opened and the motor stops. When the motor temperature drops, the thermal protector closes and the motor restarts. Be sure to turn the motor off before inspecting. Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name. The values for each item is for the motor only. The permissible torque and the starting torque of reversible motors are shown in terms without the brake applied. Please keep in mind that you should select a suitable motor with enough torque, when designing the equipment. The speed range is under no load conditions.
AXU AXH BHF

Model Combination Type Maximum Output Power HP W Voltage VAC Single-Phase 220 Z VSR206C-E 1/125 6 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 220 T VSR315C-E 1/50 15 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 220 T VSR425C-E 1/30 25 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 220 T VSR540C-E 1/19 40 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 220 T VSR560C-E 1/12 60 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 220 T VSR590C-E 1/8 90 Single-Phase 230 Frequency Speed Range Hz 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 r/min 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 95 103 103 670 730 730 51 49 360 350 69 490 39 280 45 320 25 24 24 180 170 170 29 205 16.3 115 19.8 22 19.8 38 36 38 36 59 53 65 53 85 83 85 83 140 155 140 270 260 270 260 420 380 460 380 600 590 600 590 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.3 1.4 185 198 188 202 240 260 240 262 0.72 133 0.44 88 17.7 125 12.3 87 14.2 100 0.29 59
Permissible Torque Starting Power Current Capacitor Torque Consumption 1200 r/min 90 r/min oz-in mNm oz-in mNm oz-in mNm A W F 6.3 7.1 7.1 45 50 50 7.1 50 7.1 6.3 7.1 6.3 50 45 50 45 0.15 0.16 0.16
UC
AC Motor Systems
ES US
33
0.8
1.5
3.5
Z: These motors are impedance protected. T: These motors contain a built-in thermal protector. If a motor overheats for any reason, the thermal protector is opened and the motor stops. When the motor temperature drops, the thermal protector closes and the motor restarts. Be sure to turn the motor off before inspecting. Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name. The values for each item is for the motor only. The permissible torque and the starting torque of reversible motors are shown in terms without the brake applied. Please keep in mind that you should select a suitable motor with enough torque, when designing the equipment. The speed range is under no load conditions.
Dimensions B-103
B-93
B-94
General Specifications of Speed Control Motors

Item Insulation Resistance Dielectric Strength Temperature Rise Insulation Class Overheating Protection Device Specifications 100 M or more when 500 VDC is applied between the windings and the frame. Sufficient to withstand 1.5 kV at 50 Hz and 60 Hz applied between the windings and the frame for 1 minute. 144F (80C) or less measured by the resistance change method after rated motor operation with a gearhead or equivalent heat radiation plate connected. Class B [266F (130C)] 6 W type is impedance protected. The other types contain a built-in thermal protector (automatic return type). Open: 266F9F (130C5C) Close: 179.6F27F (82C15C) 85% maximum (noncondensing) IP20 (World K Series 60W: IP40)
Heat radiation plate (Material: Aluminum)

Type (output) 6 W Type 15 W Type 25 W Type 40 W Type 60 W Type Size inch (mm) 4.534.53 (115115) 4.924.92 (125125) 5.315.31 (135135) 6.506.50 (165165) 7.877.87 (200200) Thickness inch (mm)
Ambient Temperature Range 14F104F (10C40C) (nonfreezing) Ambient Humidity Degree of Protection
0.20 (5)
Speed Range when Gearhead is Attached

World K Series
Gear Ratio High Speed Low Speed 60Hz 50Hz Unit=r/min 3 533 466 30 3.6 444 388 25 5 320 280 18 6 266 233 15 7.5 213 186 12 9 177 155 10 12.5 15 128 112 7.2 106 93 6 18 88 77 5 25 64 56 3.6 30 53 46 3 36 44 38 2.5 50 32 28 1.8 60 26 23 1.5 75 21 18 1.2 90 17 15 1 100 120 150 180 16 14 0.9 13 11 0.75 10 9 0.6 8.8 7 0.5
V Series
Gear Ratio High Speed Low Speed 60Hz 50Hz 5 320 280 18 6 266 233 15 9 177 155 10 15 106 93 6 18 88 77 5 30 53 46 3 36 44 38 2.5 60 26 23 1.5 90 17 15 1 13 11 0.75 8.8 7 0.5
Unit=r/min 120 180 300 360 5.3 4 0.3 4.4 3 0.25
The speed range is under no load conditions.
Decimal gearhead is not available for V Series. Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name. A colored background indicates gear shaft rotation in the same direction as the motor shaft; a white background indicates rotation in the opposite direction. The permissible torque with decimal gearheads are as follows.
2GNKA/2GN10XK 26 lb-in/3 Nm 3GNKA/3GN10XK 44 lb-in/5 Nm 4GNKA/4GN10XK 70 lb-in/8 Nm (Gear Ratio 2536 53 lb-in/6 Nm) 5GNKA/5GN10XK 88 lb-in/10 Nm 5GUKA/5GU10XKB 177 lb-in/20 Nm
Permissible Torque when a Gearhead is Attached
World K Series Induction Motors Continuous Rating Single-Phase 115 VAC Applicable Speed Controller: ES01
Model Motor/Gearhead 2IK6RGN-AWU /2GNKA Gear Ratio Speed 1200 r/min 90 r/min 1200 r/min 90 r/min 1200 r/min 90 r/min 1200 r/min 90 r/min 1200 r/min 90 r/min 3 3.6 5 6 7.5
Unit=Upper Values: lb-in/Lower Values: Nm
9 12.5 15 18 25 30 36 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 26 3 26 3 26 3 24 2.8 44 5 29 3.3 70 8 35 4 88 10 46 5.3 26 3 26 3 44 5 37 4.2 70 8 44 5 88 10 58 6.6 26 3 26 3 44 5 44 5 70 8 52 5.9 88 10 70 8
1.06 1.32 1.77 2.1 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.4 8.0 9.7 11.5 15.0 17.7 22 0.12 0.15 0.2 0.24 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.73 0.91 1.1 1.3 1.7 2 2.5
0.75 0.88 1.23 1.50 1.85 2.3 3.0 3.8 4.5 5.6 6.8 8.1 10.6 12.3 15.0 18.5 20 0.085 0.1 0.14 0.17 0.21 0.26 0.35 0.43 0.51 0.64 0.77 0.92 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.3 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.7 8.0 11.5 13.2 15.9 20 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.76 0.91 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.3 23 2.7 29 3.3 36 4.1 44 5 44 5 44 5 44 5 24 2.8 70 8 29 3.3 88 10 38 4.4
3IK15RGN-AWU /3GNKA
0.88 1.06 1.50 1.77 2.3 2.7 3.8 4.5 5.3 6.8 8.1 9.7 12.3 15.0 18.5 22 0.1 0.12 0.17 0.2 0.26 0.31 0.43 0.51 0.61 0.77 0.92 1.1 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.5 3.9 4.7 6.6 7.9 0.45 0.54 0.75 0.9 9.7 11.5 16.8 19.4 23 1.1 1.3 1.9 2.2 2.7 30 3.4 36 4.1 43 4.9 53 6.1 64 7.3 70 8 70 8 26 3 88 10 35 4
4IK25RGN-AWU /4GNKA
1.06 1.32 1.77 2.1 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.4 8.0 9.7 11.5 15.0 17.7 22 0.12 0.15 0.2 0.24 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.73 0.91 1.1 1.3 1.7 2 2.5 4.8 5.8 8.0 9.7 12.3 14.1 20 0.55 0.66 0.91 1.1 1.4 1.6 2.3 23 2.7 29 3.3 36 4.1 43 4.9 52 5.9 65 7.4 78 8.9 88 10 29 3.3
5IK40RGN-AWU /5GNKA
1.41 1.77 2.3 2.9 3.6 4.3 6.0 7.1 8.6 10.6 13.2 15.9 19.4 23 0.16 0.2 0.27 0.33 0.41 0.49 0.68 0.81 0.98 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.7 10.6 12.3 17.7 21 1.2 1.4 2 2.4 26 3 31 3.6 39 4.5 47 5.4 56 6.4 24 2.8 71 8.1 30 3.5
5IK60RGU-AWU /5GUKA
85 102 143 171 177 177 177 177 177 177 9.7 11.6 16.2 19.4 20 20 20 20 20 20 37 4.2 44 5 61 6.9 73 8.3 82 99 109 131 164 177 9.3 11.2 12.4 14.9 18.6 20
4.5 5.3 7.5 8.8 11.5 13.2 16.8 20 0.51 0.61 0.85 1 1.3 1.5 1.9 2.3
Features B-86
Specifications B-86

Model Motor/Gearhead Gear Ratio Speed 230 VAC 50 Hz 2IK6RGN-CWE /2GNKA 1200 r/min 220 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 90 r/min 230 VAC 50 Hz 3IK15RGN-CWE /3GNKA 1200 r/min 230 VAC 60 Hz 90 r/min 220 VAC 60 Hz 1200 r/min 230 VAC 50 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 90 r/min 220 VAC 60 Hz 1200 r/min 5IK40RGN-CWE /5GNKA 230 VAC 50 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 90 r/min 230 VAC 50 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 90 r/min 230 VAC 50 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 3 3.6 5 6 7.5
9 12.5 15 18 25 30 36 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 23 2.7 26 3 26 3 26 3 26 3 26 3 26 3 26 3 26 3 44 5 44 5 33 3.8 70 8 70 8 70 8 44 5 88 10 88 10 88 10 65 7.4 61 6.9 26 3 26 3 26 3 44 5 44 5 39 4.5 70 8 70 8 70 8
0.97 1.15 1.68 1.94 2.4 3.0 4.1 4.9 5.9 7.4 8.8 10.6 13.2 15.9 20 0.11 0.13 0.19 0.22 0.28 0.34 0.47 0.56 0.67 0.84 1 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.3 1.06 1.32 1.77 2.1 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.4 8.0 9.7 11.5 15.0 17.7 22 0.12 0.15 0.2 0.24 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.73 0.91 1.1 1.3 1.7 2 2.5
0.69 0.82 1.15 1.41 1.68 2.0 2.8 3.4 4.1 5.1 6.1 7.4 9.7 11.5 14.1 16.8 18.5 22 0.078 0.093 0.13 0.16 0.19 0.23 0.32 0.39 0.47 0.58 0.7 0.84 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.1 2.5 2.4 3.0 4.1 4.9 6.1 7.4 10.6 12.3 15.0 18.5 22 0.28 0.34 0.47 0.56 0.7 0.84 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.5 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.7 8.0 11.5 13.2 15.9 20 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.76 0.91 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.3 23 2.7 26 3 29 3.3 33 3.8 36 4.1 40 4.6 44 5 44 5 44 5 44 5 44 5 44 5 44 5 22 2.5 70 8 70 8 70 8 29 3.3 88 10 88 10 88 10 44 5 40 4.6 44 5 44 5 26 3 70 8 70 8 70 8 35 4 88 10 88 10 88 10 52 5.9 48 5.5
Introduction BX Brushless DC Motor Systems AC Input DC Input
0.81 0.97 1.32 1.59 2.0 2.4 3.3 4.0 4.8 6.1 7.3 8.8 11.5 13.2 16.8 20 0.092 0.11 0.15 0.18 0.23 0.28 0.38 0.46 0.55 0.69 0.83 1 1.3 1.5 1.9 2.3 4.0 4.8 6.8 8.1 10.6 12.3 16.8 20 0.46 0.55 0.77 0.92 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.3 4.3 5.1 7.1 8.5 10.6 13.2 17.7 21 0.49 0.58 0.81 0.97 1.2 1.5 2 2.4 24 2.8 25 2.9 30 3.5 32 3.7 29 3.3 37 4.2 38 4.4 34 3.9 44 5 46 5.3 41 4.7 55 6.3 58 6.6 52 5.9 66 7.5 69 7.9 62 7.1 70 8 70 8 70 8 70 8 70 8 70 8 26 3 88 10 88 10 88 10 39 4.5 37 4.2
FBL2 AXU
4IK25RGN-CWE /4GNKA
3.8 4.6 6.4 7.6 9.7 11.5 15.9 19.4 23 0.44 0.52 0.73 0.87 1.1 1.3 1.8 2.2 2.6
AXH
1.06 1.32 1.77 2.1 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.4 8.0 9.7 11.5 15.0 17.7 22 0.12 0.15 0.2 0.24 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.73 0.91 1.1 1.3 1.7 2 2.5 6.0 7.2 9.7 12.3 15.0 17.7 24 0.68 0.82 1.1 1.4 1.7 2 2.8 6.9 8.2 11.5 14.1 16.8 20 0.78 0.93 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.3 28 3.2 30 3.4 34 3.9 28 3.2 36 4.1 41 4.7 33 3.8 45 5.1 51 5.8 41 4.7 53 6.1 61 7 50 5.7 65 7.4 74 8.4 60 6.8 81 9.2 88 10 76 8.6 88 10 88 10 88 10 26 3 24 2.8 88 10 88 10 88 10 32 3.7 30 3.5
52 5.9 88 10 88 10 88 10 78 8.9 73 8.3
5.5 6.7 9.7 11.5 14.1 16.8 23 0.63 0.76 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.6
ES
1.59 1.94 2.6 3.1 4.0 4.8 6.7 8.0 9.7 12.3 14.1 17.7 22 0.18 0.22 0.3 0.36 0.46 0.55 0.76 0.91 1.1 1.4 1.6 2 2.5 1.50 1.77 2.4 3.0 3.8 4.5 6.2 7.5 8.8 11.5 13.2 15.9 20 0.17 0.2 0.28 0.34 0.43 0.51 0.71 0.85 1 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.3 10.6 12.3 17.7 21 1.2 1.4 2 2.4 26 3 31 3.6 39 4.5 47 5.4 56 6.4 24 2.8 71 8.1 30 3.5
1200 r/min
85 102 143 171 177 177 177 177 177 177 9.7 11.6 16.2 19.4 20 20 20 20 20 20 38 4.3 30 3.4 31 3.6 45 5.1 35 4 38 4.3 62 7.1 49 5.6 52 5.9 75 8.5 59 6.7 62 7.1 84 100 112 134 168 177 9.5 11.4 12.7 15.2 19 20 66 7.5 70 8 79 9 88 10 106 132 160 12 15 18.1
5IK60RGU-CWE /5GUKA
4.6 5.5 7.6 8.8 11.5 14.1 17.7 21 0.52 0.63 0.87 1 1.3 1.6 2 2.4
3.6 4.4 6.1 7.3 8.8 10.6 14.1 16.8 19.4 24 0.41 0.5 0.69 0.83 1 1.2 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.8 3.8 4.6 6.4 7.6 9.7 11.5 14.1 17.7 21 0.44 0.52 0.73 0.87 1.1 1.3 1.6 2 2.4 26 3
84 93 112 140 169 9.6 10.6 12.7 15.9 19.1
Dimensions B-103
B-95
B-96
World K Series Reversible Motors 30-Minute Rating Single-Phase 115 VAC Applicable Speed Controller: ES01
Model Motor/Gearhead 2RK6RGN-AWU /2GNKA Gear Ratio Speed 1200 r/min 90 r/min 1200 r/min 90 r/min 1200 r/min 90 r/min 1200 r/min 90 r/min 1200 r/min 90 r/min 3 3.6 5 6 7.5
9 12.5 15 18 25 30 36 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 26 3 26 3 44 5 44 5 70 8 57 6.5 88 10 81 9.2 26 3 26 3 44 5 44 5 70 8 64 7.3 88 10 88 10 26 3 26 3 44 5 44 5 70 8 70 8 88 10 88 10 26 3 26 3 44 5 44 5 70 8 70 8 88 10 88 10 26 3 26 3 44 5 44 5 70 8 70 8 88 10 88 10
1.06 1.32 1.77 2.1 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.4 8.0 9.7 11.5 15.0 17.7 22 0.12 0.15 0.2 0.24 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.73 0.91 1.1 1.3 1.7 2 2.5 1.06 1.32 1.77 2.1 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.4 8.0 9.7 11.5 15.0 17.7 22 0.12 0.15 0.2 0.24 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.73 0.91 1.1 1.3 1.7 2 2.5 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.7 8.0 11.5 13.2 15.9 20 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.76 0.91 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.3 23 2.7 29 3.3 36 4.1 44 5 30 3.4 70 8 38 4.4 88 10 53 6.1 44 5 37 4.2 70 8 47 5.4 88 10 68 7.7
3RK15RGN-AWU /3GNKA
1.85 2.2 3.0 3.6 4.6 5.4 7.6 8.8 10.6 14.1 16.8 19.4 24 0.21 0.25 0.34 0.41 0.52 0.62 0.86 1 1.2 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.8 4.4 0.5 5.3 7.3 8.8 10.6 13.2 18.5 22 0.6 0.83 1 1.2 1.5 2.1 2.5 26 3 32 3.7 39 4.5 47 5.4 25 2.9 74 8.4 36 4.1 60 6.8 31 3.6 88 10 45 5.1
4RK25RGN-AWU /4GNKA
2.3 2.8 3.9 4.6 5.9 7.0 0.27 0.32 0.45 0.53 0.67 0.8 6.9 8.2 11.5 14.1 16.8 20 0.78 0.93 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.3
9.7 11.5 14.1 17.7 21 1.1 1.3 1.6 2 2.4 28 3.2 34 3.9 41 4.7 51 5.8 24 2.8 71 8.1 39 4.5 61 7 30 3.4
5RK40RGN-AWU /5GNKA
3.3 3.9 5.5 6.6 8.3 9.7 14.1 16.8 20 0.38 0.45 0.63 0.75 0.94 1.1 1.6 1.9 2.3 10.6 12.3 17.7 21 1.2 1.4 2 2.4 26 3 31 3.6 39 4.5 47 5.4 26 3.0 56 6.4 30 3.5
5RK60RGU-AWU /5GUKA
85 102 143 171 177 177 177 177 177 177 9.7 11.6 16.2 19.4 20 20 20 20 20 20 46 5.3 56 6.4 78 94 105 126 140 169 177 177 8.9 10.7 11.9 14.3 15.9 19.1 20 20 Unit=Upper Values: lb-in/Lower Values: Nm
5.8 6.9 9.7 11.5 14.1 17.7 22 0.66 0.79 1.1 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.5

Model Motor/Gearhead 1200 r/min Gear Ratio Speed 230 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 90 r/min 1200 r/min 90 r/min 1200 r/min 90 r/min 1200 r/min 5RK40RGN-CWE /5GNKA 230 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 1200 r/min 90 r/min 3 3.6 5 6 7.5
9 12.5 15 18 25 30 36 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 26 3 26 3 44 5 44 5 70 8 60 6.8 88 10 88 10 26 3 26 3 44 5 44 5 70 8 67 7.6 88 10 88 10 26 3 26 3 44 5 44 5 70 8 70 8 88 10 88 10 26 3 26 3 44 5 44 5 70 8 70 8 88 10 88 10 26 3 26 3 44 5 44 5 70 8 70 8 88 10 88 10
2RK6RGN-CWE /2GNKA
1.06 1.32 1.77 2.1 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.4 8.0 9.7 11.5 15.0 17.7 22 0.12 0.15 0.2 0.24 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.73 0.91 1.1 1.3 1.7 2 2.5 1.06 1.32 1.77 2.1 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.4 8.0 9.7 11.5 15.0 17.7 22 0.12 0.15 0.2 0.24 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.73 0.91 1.1 1.3 1.7 2 2.5 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.7 8.0 11.5 13.2 15.9 20 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.76 0.91 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.3 23 2.7 29 3.3 36 4.1 25 2.9 60 6.8 33 3.8 88 10 49 5.6 44 5 30 3.4 70 8 40 4.6 88 10 59 6.7 44 5 38 4.3 70 8 50 5.7 88 10 74 8.4
3RK15RGN-CWE /3GNKA
1.85 2.2 3.0 3.7 4.6 5.5 7.7 9.7 11.5 14.1 16.8 20 0.21 0.25 0.35 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.88 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.3 4.4 0.5 5.3 7.3 8.8 10.6 13.2 18.5 22 0.6 0.83 1 1.2 1.5 2.1 2.5 26 3 32 3.7 39 4.5 47 5.4 26 3 74 8.4 39 4.5
4RK25RGN-CWE /4GNKA
2.4 3.0 4.1 4.9 6.1 7.4 10.6 12.3 15.0 18.5 22 0.28 0.34 0.47 0.56 0.7 0.84 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.5 6.9 8.2 11.5 14.1 16.8 20 0.78 0.93 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.3 28 3.2 34 3.9 41 4.7 51 5.8 27 3.1 71 8.1 40 4.6 61 7 32 3.7
90 r/min
3.6 4.4 6.1 7.3 8.8 10.6 15.0 18.5 22 0.41 0.5 0.69 0.83 1 1.2 1.7 2.1 2.5 10.6 12.3 17.7 21 1.2 1.4 2 2.4 26 3 31 3.6 39 4.5 47 5.4 27 3.1 56 6.4 32 3.7
5RK60RGU-CWE /5GUKA
85 102 143 171 177 177 177 177 177 177 9.7 11.6 16.2 19.4 20 20 20 20 20 20 48 5.5 59 6.7 81 98 109 131 146 175 177 177 9.2 11.1 12.4 14.9 16.5 19.8 20 20
6.0 7.2 9.7 12.3 15.0 17.7 23 0.68 0.82 1.1 1.4 1.7 2 2.6
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
V Series Induction Motors Continuous Rating Single-Phase 115 VAC Applicable Speed Controller: ES01
Model Combination Type Gear Ratio Speed 1200 r/min VSI206A-U 90 r/min 1200 r/min VSI315A-U 90 r/min 1200 r/min VSI425A-U 90 r/min 1200 r/min VSI540A-U 90 r/min 1200 r/min VSI560A-U 90 r/min 1200 r/min VSI590A-U 90 r/min 5 6 9
15 18 30 36 60 90 120 180 300 360 34 3.9 46 5.2 31 3.6 88 10 38 4.3 53 6 45 5.1 88 10 53 6.1 53 6 53 6 88 10 88 10 53 6 53 6 88 10 88 10
2.0 2.3 3.6 6.0 7.1 11.5 13.2 23 0.23 0.27 0.41 0.68 0.81 1.3 1.5 2.6 1.41 1.68 2.4 4.1 5.0 7.9 0.16 0.19 0.28 0.47 0.57 0.9 4.9 6.0 8.8 15.0 17.7 28 0.56 0.68 1.0 1.7 2.0 3.2
9.7 15.9 23 1.1 1.8 2.7 34 3.9 57 6.5 85 9.7
Introduction
1.68 2.0 3.0 5.0 6.0 9.7 11.5 19.4 29 0.19 0.23 0.34 0.57 0.68 1.1 1.3 2.2 3.3 7.3 8.8 13.2 22 0.83 1.0 1.5 2.5 26 3.0 42 4.8 50 5.7
BX
84 126 141 141 141 141 9.5 14.3 16 16 16 16 34 3.9 46 5.2 64 107 129 7.3 12.2 14.6
FBL2
2.0 2.3 3.6 6.0 7.1 11.5 13.2 23 0.23 0.27 0.41 0.68 0.81 1.3 1.5 2.6 8.8 10.6 15.9 26 1.0 1.2 1.8 3.0 2.6 3.1 4.7 7.9 0.3 0.36 0.54 0.9 19.4 23 2.2 2.6 35 4.0 58 6.6 31 3.6 51 5.8
61 102 153 193 260 260 7.0 11.6 17.4 21.9 30 30 46 5.2 57 6.5
AXU
9.7 15.0 18.5 30 1.1 1.7 2.1 3.5
86 144 9.8 16.3
69 111 134 220 260 260 260 260 7.9 12.6 15.2 25.3 30 30 30 30 30 3.4 47 5.4 57 95 144 180 260 260 6.5 10.8 16.3 20.4 30 30
AXH
8.4 9.7 15.0 24 0.95 1.1 1.7 2.8 29 3.3 34 3.9 52 5.9
BHF
87 100 166 200 330 350 350 350 9.9 11.3 18.8 22.6 37.7 40 40 40 29 3.3 47 5.4
AC Motor Systems
8.4 9.7 15.0 24 0.95 1.1 1.7 2.8
57 95 135 180 270 6.5 10.8 15.3 20.4 30.6
Dimensions B-103
B-97
B-98

Model Combination Type Gear Ratio Speed 230 VAC 50 Hz 1200 r/min VSI206C-E 220 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 90 r/min 230 VAC 50 Hz 1200 r/min VSI315C-E 60 Hz 90 r/min 220 VAC 60 Hz 1200 r/min VSI425C-E 230 VAC 60 Hz 90 r/min 220 VAC 60 Hz 1200 r/min VSI540C-E 230 VAC 50 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 90 r/min 230 VAC 230 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 90 r/min 230 VAC 50 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 50 Hz 90 r/min 230 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 50 Hz 5 6 9
15 18 30 36 60 90 120 180 300 360 31 3.6 34 3.9 41 4.7 46 5.2 29 3.3 88 10 88 10 34 3.9 53 6 53 6 41 4.7 88 10 88 10 48 5.5 53 6 53 6 53 6 88 10 88 10 81 9.2 53 6 53 6 53 6 88 10 88 10 88 10
1.85 2.2 3.2 5.4 6.6 10.6 12.3 21 0.21 0.25 0.37 0.62 0.75 1.2 1.4 2.4 2.0 2.3 3.6 6.0 7.1 11.5 13.2 23 0.23 0.27 0.41 0.68 0.81 1.3 1.5 2.6
1.23 1.50 2.3 3.8 4.6 7.3 8.7 15.0 22 0.14 0.17 0.26 0.43 0.52 0.83 0.99 1.7 2.5 4.6 5.4 8.2 14.1 16.8 26 0.52 0.62 0.93 1.6 1.9 3.0 4.9 6.0 8.8 15.0 17.7 28 0.56 0.68 1.0 1.7 2.0 3.2 31 3.6 34 3.9 52 5.9 57 6.5 78 8.9 85 9.7
1.50 1.85 2.7 4.5 5.4 8.6 10.6 17.7 25 0.17 0.21 0.31 0.51 0.62 0.98 1.2 2.0 2.9 7.6 8.8 13.2 23 0.86 1.0 1.5 2.6 7.9 0.9 9.7 14.1 23 1.1 1.6 2.7 27 3.1 28 3.2 25 2.9 43 4.9 46 5.2 40 4.6 52 5.9
86 130 141 141 141 141 9.8 14.7 16 16 16 16
54 91 137 141 141 141 141 6.2 10.3 15.5 16 16 16 16 49 5.6 82 123 141 141 141 141 9.3 13.9 16 16 16 16 34 3.9 46 5.2 64 107 129 7.3 12.2 14.6
7.1 8.5 13.2 21 0.81 0.97 1.5 2.4
2.0 2.3 3.6 6.0 7.1 11.5 13.2 23 0.23 0.27 0.41 0.68 0.81 1.3 1.5 2.6 11.5 13.2 20 1.3 1.5 2.3 12.3 15.0 23 1.4 1.7 2.6 33 3.8 38 4.3 39 4.5 46 5.2 37 4.2 63 7.2 73 8.3 59 6.7
76 127 192 240 260 260 8.7 14.4 21.7 27.2 30 30 87 146 210 260 260 260 9.9 16.5 24.8 30 30 30 70 118 177 223 260 260 8.0 13.4 20.1 25.3 30 30 34 3.9 51 5.8 47 5.4
10.6 12.3 18.5 30 1.2 1.4 2.1 3.5
3.0 3.6 5.3 8.8 10.6 16.8 20 0.34 0.41 0.61 1.0 1.2 1.9 2.3
64 96 161 7.3 10.9 18.2 60 90 150 6.8 10.2 17
2.8 3.3 5.0 8.4 9.7 15.9 19.4 31 0.32 0.38 0.57 0.95 1.1 1.8 2.2 3.6 19.4 23 2.2 2.6 35 4.0 58 6.6
1200 r/min
69 111 134 220 260 260 260 260 7.9 12.6 15.2 25.3 30 30 30 30 30 3.5 24 2.8 25 2.9 48 5.5 38 4.4 40 4.6 59 98 146 184 260 260 6.7 11.1 16.6 20.9 30 30 46 5.3 49 5.6 77 116 146 210 260 8.8 13.2 16.5 24.8 30 82 123 154 230 260 9.3 13.9 17.5 26.2 30
VSI560C-E
8.5 10.6 15.0 25 0.97 1.2 1.7 2.9 6.8 8.1 12.3 20 0.77 0.92 1.4 2.3 7.1 8.5 13.2 21 0.81 0.97 1.5 2.4 29 3.3 34 3.9 52 5.9
1200 r/min VSI590C-E
87 100 166 200 330 350 350 350 9.9 11.3 18.8 22.6 37.7 40 40 40 33 3.8 38 4.3 55 6.3 63 7.2
9.7 11.5 17.7 29 1.1 1.3 2.0 3.3 11.5 13.2 20 1.3 1.5 2.3 33 3.8
67 111 158 210 310 7.6 12.6 17.9 23.8 35.7 76 127 180 240 350 8.7 14.4 20.4 27.2 40
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
V Series Reversible Motors 30-Minute Rating Single-Phase 115 VAC Applicable Speed Controller: ES01
Model Combination Type Gear Ratio Speed 1200 r/min VSR206A-U 90 r/min 1200 r/min VSR315A-U 90 r/min 1200 r/min VSR425A-U 90 r/min 1200 r/min VSR540A-U 90 r/min 1200 r/min VSR560A-U 90 r/min 1200 r/min VSR590A-U 90 r/min 5 6 9
15 18 30 36 60 90 120 180 300 360 34 3.9 34 3.9 85 9.7 58 6.6 46 5.2 46 5.2 88 10 77 8.8 53 6 53 6 88 10 88 10 53 6 53 6 88 10 88 10 53 6 53 6 88 10 88 10
2.0 2.3 3.6 6.0 7.1 11.5 13.2 23 0.23 0.27 0.41 0.68 0.81 1.3 1.5 2.6 2.0 2.3 3.6 6.0 7.1 11.5 13.2 23 0.23 0.27 0.41 0.68 0.81 1.3 1.5 2.6 4.9 6.0 8.8 15.0 17.7 28 0.56 0.68 1.0 1.7 2.0 3.2 34 3.9 57 6.5 38 4.4
Introduction
3.3 4.0 6.1 9.7 12.3 19.4 23 0.38 0.46 0.69 1.1 1.4 2.2 2.6 8.1 9.7 15.0 24 0.92 1.1 1.7 2.8 29 3.3 46 5.3
BX
55 93 140 141 141 141 141 6.3 10.6 15.9 16 16 16 16 30 3.4 50 5.7 75 100 141 141 141 8.5 11.4 16 16 16
FBL2
4.4 5.2 7.8 13.2 15.9 24 0.5 0.59 0.89 1.5 1.8 2.8 12.3 15.0 23 1.4 1.7 2.6 38 4.3 46 5.2 73 8.3 35 4.0
87 146 210 260 260 260 9.9 16.5 24.8 30 30 30 42 4.8 70 106 133 200 260 8.0 12.0 15.1 22.6 30
AXU
6.1 7.4 11.5 18.5 22 0.7 0.84 1.3 2.1 2.5 19.4 23 2.2 2.6 35 4.0 58 6.6
69 111 134 220 260 260 260 260 7.9 12.6 15.2 25.3 30 30 30 30 38 4.4 61 7.0 74 123 184 230 260 260 8.4 13.9 20.9 26.2 30 30
AXH
10.6 13.2 19.4 31 1.2 1.5 2.2 3.6 29 3.3 34 3.9 52 5.9
BHF
87 100 166 200 330 350 350 350 9.9 11.3 18.8 22.6 37.7 40 40 40 38 4.3 44 5.0 73 8.3 87 146 200 270 350 9.9 16.5 23.3 31.1 40
AC Motor Systems
12.3 15.0 23 1.4 1.7 2.6
ES

Model Combination Type 1200 r/min VSR206C-E Gear Ratio Speed 230 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 90 r/min 1200 r/min VSR315C-E 90 r/min 1200 r/min VSR425C-E 90 r/min 1200 r/min VSR540C-E 90 r/min 230 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 1200 r/min VSR560C-E 90 r/min 230 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 5 6 9

US
15 18 30 36 60 90 120 180 300 360 34 3.9 34 3.9 85 9.7 59 6.7 46 5.2 46 5.2 88 10 79 9.0 53 6 53 6 88 10 88 10 53 6 53 6 88 10 88 10 53 6 53 6 88 10 88 10
2.0 2.3 3.6 6.0 7.1 11.5 13.2 23 0.23 0.27 0.41 0.68 0.81 1.3 1.5 2.6 2.0 2.3 3.6 6.0 7.1 11.5 13.2 23 0.23 0.27 0.41 0.68 0.81 1.3 1.5 2.6 4.9 6.0 8.8 15.0 17.7 28 0.56 0.68 1.0 1.7 2.0 3.2 34 3.9 57 6.5 39 4.5
3.4 4.1 6.1 10.6 12.3 19.4 23 0.39 0.47 0.7 1.2 1.4 2.2 2.7 8.1 9.7 15.0 24 0.92 1.1 1.7 2.8 29 3.3 46 5.3
55 93 140 141 141 141 141 6.3 10.6 15.9 16 16 16 16 31 3.6 52 5.9 78 105 141 141 141 8.9 11.9 16 16 16
4.6 5.4 8.2 14.1 16.8 26 0.52 0.62 0.93 1.6 1.9 3.0 12.3 15.0 23 1.4 1.7 2.6 38 4.3 46 5.2 24 2.8 73 8.3 38 4.4
87 146 210 260 260 260 9.9 16.5 24.8 30 30 30 46 5.3 77 116 146 210 260 8.8 13.2 16.5 24.8 30
6.8 8.1 12.3 20 0.77 0.92 1.4 2.3 19.4 23 2.2 2.6 35 4.0 58 6.6 33 3.8
69 111 134 220 260 260 260 260 7.9 12.6 15.2 25.3 30 30 30 30 39 4.5 63 7.2 76 127 192 240 260 260 8.7 14.4 21.7 27.2 30 30
11.5 13.2 20 1.3 1.5 2.3 29 3.3 34 3.9 52 5.9
1200 r/min VSR590C-E 90 r/min
87 100 166 200 330 350 350 350 9.9 11.3 18.8 22.6 37.7 40 40 40 41 4.7 47 5.4 79 95 160 220 300 350 9.0 10.8 18.1 25.5 34.0 40
14.1 16.8 24 1.6 1.9 2.8
Dimensions B-103
B-99
Torque [mNm]
Torque [mNm]
Torque [oz-in]
60 40 20
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [oz-in]
0.3 0.2 0.1
40 30 20
0.3 0.2 0.1
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
0.6 0.4 0.2 0
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [Nm]
0.6 0.4 0.2
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [Nm]
B-100
Gearmotor Torque Table when a Right-Angle Gearhead is Attached

Right-Angle Gearhead is available for World K Series. Page A-196

Motor (Round shaft type)Page A-11 GearheadPage A-11
Permissible Load Inertia J for Gearhead

Page A-12

Induction Motors
Enter the gear ratio in the box () with in the V Series combination type model name. The characteristics of V Series are for motors only.
2IK6RGN-AWU 2IK6RA-AWU ES01 VSI206A-U
100 80 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 1500 1800 Permissible Torque when 110/115 VAC Gearhead is Attached Safe-Operation Line
110 VAC 115 VAC

240 200 160 120 80 40 0 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 1500 Permissible Torque when 110/115 VAC Gearhead is Attached Safe-Operation Line
110 VAC 115 VAC
1800

0.5 0.4 70 60 50 Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached
110 VAC 115 VAC

0.5 0.4 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached
110 VAC 115 VAC
110/115 VAC Safe-Operation Line
10 0 0 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 1500 1800 0
500
1000 Speed [r/min]
1500
1800
5IK60RGU-AWU ES01 5IK60RA-AWU VSI560A-U

1.0 125 0.8 100 75 50 25 0 Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached
110 VAC 115 VAC
VSI590A-U
1.0 125 0.8 100 75 50 25 0
ES01
Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached
110 VAC 115 VAC
110/115 VAC SafeOperation Line
0 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 1500 1800
500
1000 Speed [r/min]
1500
1800
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
2IK6RGN-CWE 2IK6RA-CWE ES02 VSI206C-E

100 80 Torque [mNm] Torque [oz-in] 60 40 20 2 0 0 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 14 12 10 8 6 4 50 Hz Safe-Operation Line Permissible Torque 60 Hz Safe-Operation Line when Gearhead is Attached
230 VAC 50 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 220 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz

200 25 160 Torque [mNm] 20 120 80 40 0 Torque [oz-in] 15 10 5 0 Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached 60 Hz Safe-Operation Line
Introduction BX
50 Hz Safe-Operation Line 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 1500 1800
1500
1800
FBL2

0.5 0.4 Torque [oz-in] Torque [Nm] 0.3 0.2 0.1 10 0 0 70 60 50 40 30 20

0.5 70 Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached 60 50 0.3 0.2 0.1 10 0 0 60 Hz Safe-Operation Line 50 Hz Safe-Operation Line 500 1000 Speed [r/min] Torque [oz-in] Torque [Nm] 40
AXU
50 Hz Permissible Torque Safe-Operation Line when Gearhead 60 Hz is Attached Safe-Operation Line
AXH
0.4
BHF
30 20
AC Motor Systems
ES
500
1000 Speed [r/min]
1500
1800
1500
1800
US
5IK60RGU-CWE 5IK60RA-CWE ES02 VSI560C-E

1.0 125 0.8 100 Torque [oz-in] Torque [Nm] 0.6 0.4 0.2 0 Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached
230 VAC 50 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 220 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 220/230 VAC, 50 Hz Safe-Operation Line 220 VAC, 60 Hz Safe-Operation Line
VSI590C-E ES02
1.2 1.0 Torque [oz-in] Torque [Nm] 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0 150 125 100 75 50 25 0 50 Hz SafeOperation Line 500 1000 Speed [r/min] Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached
230 VAC 50 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 220 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 60 Hz Safe-Operation Line
75 50 25 0 230 VAC, 60 Hz Safe-Operation Line
500
1000 Speed [r/min]
1500
1800
1500
1800
Reversible Motors
2RK6RGN-AWU 2RK6RA-AWU ES01 VSR206A-U
120 16 100 Torque [mNm] Torque [oz-in] 80 60 40 20 0 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 1500 1800 40 0 5 0 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 1500 1800 Torque [Nm] 110/115 VAC Safe-Operation Line Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached
110 VAC 115 VAC

240 200 Torque [oz-in] 160 120 80 35 30 25 20 15 10 110/115 VAC Safe-Operation Line Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached
110 VAC 115 VAC
Dimensions B-103
B-101
Torque [oz-in]
0.3 0.2 0.1
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [Nm]
100 75 50 25 0 500
Torque [Nm]
0.6 0.4 0.2 0
115 VAC Safe-Operation Line
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [mNm]
Torque [mNm]
Torque [oz-in]
60 40 20
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
B-102

0.5 0.4 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 0 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 1500 110/115 VAC Safe-Operation Line Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached
110 VAC 115 VAC

0.6 80 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 1500 110/115 VAC Safe-Operation Line Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached
110 VAC 115 VAC
1800
1800
5RK60RGU-AWU 5RK60RA-AWU ES01 VSR560A-U

1.2 1.0 0.8 150 125
110 VAC 115 VAC
VSR590A-U ES01
1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 150 125 100 75 50 25 0 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 1500 110/115 VAC SafeOperation Line Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached
110 VAC 115 VAC
Permissible Torque 110 VAC Safe-Operation Line when Gearhead is Attached
1000 Speed [r/min]
1500
1800
1800
2RK6RGN-CWE 2RK6RA-CWE ES02 VSR206C-E

100 80 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 230 VAC 60 Hz Safe-Operation Line 230 VAC 50 Hz Safe-Operation Line Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached

240 200 160 120 80 40 0
35 Permissible Torque 60 Hz when Gearhead is Attached Safe-Operation Line 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 1500 1800 50 Hz Safe-Operation Line
1500
1800

0.4 50 0.3 40 30 20 10 0 0 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 50 Hz Safe-Operation Line Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached
230 VAC 50 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 220 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 60 Hz Safe-Operation Line

0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 Permissible Torque 80 when Gearhead is Attached 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 500 60 Hz Safe-Operation Line 50 Hz Safe-Operation Line 1000 Speed [r/min]
0.2
0.1
1500
1800
1500
1800
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
5RK60RGU-CWE 5RK60RA-CWE ES02
VSR560C-E
1.0 125 0.8 100 Torque [oz-in] Torque [Nm] Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached
230 VAC 50 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 220 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC, 50 Hz Safe-Operation Line 230 VAC, 60 Hz Safe-Operation Line
VSR590C-E ES02
1.4 1.2 1.0 Torque [oz-in] Torque [Nm] 200 175 150 125 100 75 50 25 0 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 50 Hz SafeOperation Line
Permissible Torque when 60 Hz Safe-Operation Line Gearhead is Attached
0.6 0.4 0.2 0
220 VAC, 60 Hz Safe-Operation Line 75 50 25 0 220 VAC, 50 Hz Safe-Operation Line
Introduction
0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2
500
1000 Speed [r/min]
1500
1800
1500
1800
FBL2

Speed Controller: ES01, ES02 (Scale 1/2) Weight: 0.4 lb. (0.18 kg) d A394
2.56 (65)
AXU
External Speed Potentiometer (Included)

(Scale 1/2)
PAVR-20KZ
AXH
1.18 min. (30) 0.37 (9.5) 0.59 (15) M4 P0.7 0.24 (6) (Screw) 1.57 (40) 0.30 (7.5)
0.79 (20) 0.11 (2.8)
ES
1.77 (45)
0.79
(20)
1.57 (40)
0.49 (12.5)
US
Potentiometer Insulated sheet 1.57 (40) t=0.02 (0.5) M4 4.33 max. (110)
Knob Dial plate 1.57 (40) t=0.02 (0.5)
0.12 0.008 0.370.008 (9.50.2) (3 0.2) Insulated sheet
0.12 (3)
3.94 (100)
0.20 (5) 2 Places
0.66 (16.8) 2.17 (55)
0.14 (3.5)
Dimensions B-103
B-103
0.293 (7.437)
0 2.12600.0012 0 (540.030 )
0.50 (12.7)
0.39 (10)
2.36 (60) 1.85 (47)
0.177 (4.5) 4 Holes 3 Motor Leads 12 inch (300 mm) Length UL Style 3266, AWG 20 2 Generator Leads 12 inch (300 mm) Length UL Style 3266, AWG 24 2GN3KA~18KA: L = 1.18 (30) 2GN25KA~180KA: L = 1.57 (40)
2230'
0.94 (24)
0.347 (8.825)
0.59(15) 1.18 (30)
2.51970 0.0012
2.72 (69) 1.85 (47)
0.217 (5.5)4 Holes
2230'
0 (640.030 )
2.1260 0 0.0012
(54 0 0.030)
2.76 .5) 0 ( 70
0.177 (4.5) 4 Holes
0 (640.030 )
2 0.0
2.51970 0.0012
B-104
World K Series Motor/Gearhead (Pinion Shaft Type)

2IK6RGN-AWU 2IK6RGN-CWE 2RK6RGN-AWU 2RK6RGN-CWE Weight: 1.76 lb. (0.8 kg) 2GNKA Weight: 0.88 lb. (0.4 kg)
Round Shaft Type

2IK6RA-AWU 2IK6RA-CWE 2RK6RA-AWU 2RK6RA-CWE Weight: 1.76 lb. (0.8 kg) d A364
d A065AU (2GN3KA18KA) A065BU (2GN25KA180KA)

0.39 (10) 2.95 (75) 0.28 (7) L 1.26 (32) 0.12 (3) 0.31250 0.0006 5/16"
(7.9370 0.015) 2.36 (60)

2.76 0.5) (70
0.0 2
0.94 (24) 0.08 (2)
0.23620 0.0005 (60 0.012)
2.36 (60)
2.76 0.5) (70
0.0
0.177 (4.5)4 Holes
22 30
Motor/Gearhead (Pinion Shaft Type)

Round Shaft Type


0.39 (10) 3.15 (80) 0.28 (7) L 1.26 (32) 0.12 (3) 0.50 (12.7) 0.37500 0.0006 3/8" 0 (9.5250.015 ) 2.76 (70)
1.26 (32) 0.08 (2)

0.02 3.23 ) 0.5 (82
0 0.23620.0005
(60 0.012)
2.76 (70)
3.23 ) 0.5 (82
0.02
2230
Decimal Gearhead
Can be connected to 2IK6RGN, 2RK6RGN type
2GN10XK Weight: 0.44 lb. (0.2 kg) d A003
1.52 (38.5) 0.49(12.5) 1.02 (26) 0.08 (2)
Decimal Gearhead
1.69 (43) 0.51 (13) 1.18(30) 0.08 (2) 2.76 (70)
2.36 (60)
3.23 0.5) ( 82
0.0
0.217 (5.5) 4 Holes
Features B-86
Specifications B-86

Round Shaft Type


0.39 (10) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) L 1.26 (32) 0.12 (3) 0.50 (12.7) 3.11 (79) 1.85 (47) 0.347 (8.825) 0.37500 0.0006 3/8" 0 (9.5250.015 ) 3.15 (80) 0.59 (15) 1.34 (34)
Introduction
1.26 (32) 0.08 (2)
0 0.3150 0.0006 0 (80.015 )
3.15 (80)
0 2.8740 0.0012 (730 0.030)
3.70 0.5) (94
0.0
0.98 (25)
0.28 (7)
3.70 ) 0.5 (94
0.02
0.217 (5.5) 4 Holes 3 Motor Leads 12 inch (300 mm) Length UL Style 3271, AWG 20 2 Generator Leads 12 inch (300 mm) Length UL Style 3266, AWG 24 4GN3KA~18KA: L = 1.26 (32) 4GN25KA~180KA: L = 1.67 (42.5)
2230'
0.217 (5.5)4 Holes
2230
AXU AXH

Round Shaft Type


0.45 (11.4) 0.39 (10) 4.13 (105) 0.30(7.5) L 1.26 (32) 0.12 (3) 0.75 (19) 3.50 (89) 1.85 (47) 0.50000 0.0007 1/2"
US
(12.70 0.018)
0.71(18) 1.42 (36)
3.54 (90)
1.46 (37) 0.08 (2) 0.35 (9)
0.39370 0.0006 (100 0.015) 3.26770 0.0014
3.54 (90)
4.09 0.5) (104
0.02
(830 0.035)
1.18 (30)
4.09 0.5) (104
0.02
0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes

' 2230
22 30
Decimal Gearhead
1.79 (45.5) 1.26 (32) 0.53 (13.5) 0.08 (2) 2.8740 0 0.0012
0 (73 0.030 )
Decimal Gearhead
2.17 (55) 1.46 (37) 0.08 (2)
0.02 3.70 ) 0.5 ( 94
3.15 (80)
0.71 (18)
3.54 (90)
0 3.26770.0014
0.217 (5.5) 4 Holes
0 (83 0.035 )
4.09 .5) 0 ( 104
0.02
0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
Dimensions B-103
B-105
0.73 (18.5)
0.43 (11)
(28.58) 3.54 (90)
0.71(18)
3.26770 0.0014 0 (830.035 )
1.34 (34)
0.18750.0012
0 4.7630.03
1.1250.008 (28.580.2)
0.18750.0012
0.1875
(4.7630 0.03)
0.0016 0 0.040 4.763 0
0.108
Decimal Gearhead
Can be connected to 5IK60RGU, 5RK60RGU type
5GU10XKB Weight: 1.3 lb. (0.6 kg) d A029
2.40 (61) 1.57 (40) 0.08 (2) 0.83 (21) 3.54 (90)
3.2677 0 0.0014
0 (83 0.035 )
4.09 ) 0.5 ( 104
0.02
0.425 (10.8) 4 Holes
B-106
0.004 0 0.1 2.743 0

5IK60RGU-AWU 5IK60RGU-CWE 5RK60RGU-AWU 5RK60RGU-CWE Weight: 7.1 lb. (3.2 kg) 5GUKA Weight: 3.3 lb. (1.5 kg)
Round Shaft Type

d A069U (5GU3KA180KA)
Cable 0.44 (11.2), 20 inch (500 mm) Length 3 Motor Leads: UL Style 3266, AWG 20 2 Generator Leads: UL Style 3266, AWG 24 2 Cooling Fan Leads: UL Style 3266, AWG 24 0.62500 0.0005 5/8" 15.8750 ( 0.011) 1.125
1.65 (42)
1.30 (33)
0.47240 0.0007 0 120.018
1.30 (33)
1.18 (30)
4.09 0.5) 4 (10
0.0
90 4.0 40.5) 0 1 (
0.30 (7.5) 5.91 (150) 2.56 (65) 0.28 (7) 1.50 (38) 0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes 3.54 (90)
.02
0.08 (2) 1.46 (37) 0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
3.54 (90)

Features B-86
Specifications B-86
V Series Combination Type
VSI206A[C]-U[E] VSR206A[C]-U[E] Weight: 2.9 lb. (1.3 kg) (Including Gearhead)
d A216A (Gear Ratio: 518) A216B (Gear Ratio: 30120) A216C (Gear Ratio: 180360)
0.39370 0.0006
Introduction
(1000.015)
0.39 (10)
2.95 (75) 0.28 (7)
L 1.26 (32) 0.16 (4) 0.98 (25)
2.36(60)
2.36 (60) 1.85 (47)
0.94 (24)
60 2.7 0.5) 0 7 (
.02
0.39 (10)
FBL2
3 Motor Leads 12 inch (300 mm) Length UL Style 3266, AWG 20 2 Generator Leads 12 inch (300 mm) Length UL Style 3266, AWG 24 Gear Ratio: 518: L = 1.34 (34) Gear Ratio: 30120: L = 1.5 (38) Gear Ratio: 180360: L = 1.69 (43)
0.177 (4.5) 4 Holes
AXU
22 30'

0.15750.0012

0.004 0 0.1 0
AXH
(40 0.03)
0.9840.008 (250.2)
0.15750.0012
0.1575
(2.5
0.0016 0
0.098
BHF
(40 0.03)
(40.040 ) 0
AC Motor Systems
ES
Combination Type
0.47240 0.0007
0 (120.018 )
0.39 (10)
3.15 (80) 0.28 (7)
1.26 (32) L 0.2 (5) 0.98 (25)
2.76 (70)
2.72 (69) 1.85 (47)
0.47 (12)
1.26 (32)
30 3.2 0.5) ( 82
.02
3 Motor Leads 12 inch (300 mm) Length UL Style 3271, AWG 20 2 Generator Leads 12 inch (300 mm) Length UL Style 3266, AWG 24
0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
22 30'
0 0.15750.0012 0 40.03
0.9840.008 (250.2)
0.15750.0012
0.1575
0 40.03
0.040 4 0
0.0016 0
0.004 0.098 0 0.1 2.5 0
Gear Ratio: 518: L = 1.5 (38) Gear Ratio: 30120: L = 1.69 (43) Gear Ratio: 180360: L = 1.89 (48)
Dimensions B-103
B-107
0 0.5906 0.0007
0.28 (7)
0.28 (7) 0.98 (25)
(150 0.018)
3.11 (79) 1.85 (47)
0.51 (13)
1.34 (34)
0.19690.0012
0.004 0 0 50.03
0.9840.008 (250.2)
Combination Type
0.70870 0.0007
(180 0.018)
0.39 (10)
4.13 (105) 0.30 (7.5)
L 1.65 (42) 0.2 (5) 0.98 (25)
3.54 (90)
3.50 (89) 1.85 (47)
0.71 (18)
1.57 (40)
90 4.0 40.5) 0 1 (
.02
0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes

22 30 '

0.23620.0012 Gear Ratio: 518: L = 1.77 (45) Gear Ratio: 3090: L = 2.28 (58) Gear Ratio: 120300: L = 2.52 (64)
0
0 60.03
0.9840.008 (250.2)
0 0.23620.0012 0 60.03
0.040 6 0
B-108
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
(3.5
0.2362
0.0016 0
0.138
0.004 0 0.1 0
0 50.03
(50.040 ) 0
(3 )
0.19690.0012
0.1969
0.0016 0
0.118
0.1 0
Combination Type
0.39 (10) 3.35 (85) L 1.38 (35) 3.15 (80)
00 3.7 0.5) 4 9 (
.02
0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes

22 30'

Combination Type
0.70870 0.0007
0 (180.018 )
5.91 (150) 0.30 (7.5)
L 1.65 (42) 0.2 (5) 0.98 (25)
3.54 (90)
Introduction
1.57 (40)
3.54 (90)
4.09 0.5) ( 104
0.0
0.71 (18)
FBL2
3 Motor Leads 12 inch (300 mm) Length UL Style 3271, AWG 20 2 Generator Leads 12 inch (300 mm) Length UL Style 3266, AWG 24 2 Cooling Fan Leads UL Style 3266, AWG 22
0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
AXU

0.23620.0012
AXH

0.004 0 0.1 3.5 0
0 60.03
0.9840.008 (250.2)
0.23620.0012
0 (60.03 )
(60.040 ) 0
0.2362
0.0016 0
0.138
ES US
Combination Type
0 0.70870.0007 0 180.018
6.50(165) 0.30(7.5)
1.65(42) L 0.2(5) 0.98 (25)
3.54 (90) 0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
1.57 (40)
3.54(90)
4.09 0.5) ( 104
2 0.0
3 Motor Leads 12 inch (300mm) Length UL Style 3271, AWG 20 2 Generator Leads 12 inch (300 mm) Length UL Style 3266, AWG 24 2 Cooling Fan Leads UL Style 3266, AWG 22
0.71(18)

0.23620.0012
0.0016 0 0.004 0 0.1 0

0
(60 0.03)
0.9840.008 (250.2)
0.23620.0012
(60 0.03)
0.040 (60 )
(3.5
0.2362
0.138
Dimensions B-103
B-109
0.18 (4.5)
AMP#187
0.39 (10)
AMP#187
0.16(4) C
0.16 (4) C
World K Series
Model Pinion Shaft Type 2IK6RGN-AWU 2IK6RGN-CWE 3IK15RGN-AWU 3IK15RGN-CWE 4IK25RGN-AWU 4IK25RGN-CWE 5IK40RGN-AWU 5IK40RGN-CWE 5IK60RGU-AWU 5IK60RGU-CWE 2RK6RGN-AWU 2RK6RGN-CWE 3RK15RGN-CWE 4RK25RGN-CWE 5RK40RGN-CWE 5RK60RGU-CWE Round Shaft Type 2IK6RA-AWU 2IK6RA-CWE 3IK15RA-AWU 3IK15RA-CWE 4IK25RA-AWU 4IK25RA-CWE 5IK40RA-AWU 5IK40RA-CWE 5IK60RA-AWU 5IK60RA-CWE 2RK6RA-AWU 2RK6RA-CWE 3RK15RA-CWE 4RK25RA-CWE 5RK40RA-CWE 5RK60RA-CWE Capacitor Model CH25FAUL CH06BFAUL CH45FAUL CH10BFAUL CH65CFAUL CH15BFAUL CH90CFAUL CH23BFAUL CH180CFAUL CH40BFAUL CH35FAUL CH08BFAUL CH60CFAUL CH15BFAUL CH80CFAUL CH20BFAUL CH120CFAUL CH35BFAUL CH200CFAUL CH50BFAUL A 1.22 (31) 1.22 (31) 1.46 (37) 1.46 (37) 1.5 (38) 1.5 (38) 1.89 (48) 1.89 (48) 2.28 (58) 2.28 (58) 1.22 (31) 1.22 (31) 1.5 (38) 1.5 (38) 1.89 (48) 1.89 (48) 2.28 (58) 2.28 (58) 2.28 (58) 2.28 (58) B 0.67 (17) 0.57 (14.5) 0.71 (18) 0.71 (18) 0.83 (21) 0.83 (21) 0.83 (21) 0.83 (21) 0.93 (23.5) 0.93 (23.5) 0.67 (17) 0.67 (17) 0.83 (21) 0.83 (21) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.83 (21) 0.87 (22) 1.14 (29) 1.14 (29) C 1.06 (27) 0.93 (23.5) 1.06 (27) 1.06 (27) 1.22 (31) 1.22 (31) 1.22 (31) 1.22 (31) 1.46 (37) 1.46 (37) 1.06 (27) 1.06 (27) 1.22 (31) 1.22 (31) 1.14 (29) 1.14 (29) 1.22 (31) 1.38 (35) 1.61 (41) 1.61 (41) Weight oz. (g) 0.71 (20) 0.53 (15) 1.06 (30) 1.06 (30) 1.24 (35) 1.24 (35) 1.41 (40) 1.41 (40) 2.5 (70) 2.5 (70) 0.71 (20) 0.71 (20) 1.41 (40) 1.24 (35) 1.41 (40) 1.24 (35) 1.77 (50) 1.94 (55) 3.4 (95) 3.0 (85) w q w q Dimension No.
3RK15RGN-AWU 3RK15RA-AWU 4RK25RGN-AWU 4RK25RA-AWU 5RK40RGN-AWU 5RK40RA-AWU 5RK60RGU-AWU 5RK60RA-AWU
If you need to order a capacitor without a motor, add "-C" to the capacitor model name shown. A capacitor cap is included with a capacitor.
V Series
Model Combination Type VSI206A-U VSI206C-E VSI315A-U VSI315C-E VSI425A-U VSI425C-E VSI540A-U VSI540C-E VSI560A-U VSI560C-E VSI590A-U VSI590C-E VSR206A-U VSR206C-E VSR315A-U VSR315C-E VSR425A-U VSR425C-E VSR540A-U VSR540C-E VSR560A-U VSR560C-E VSR590A-U VSR590C-E Capacitor Model CH25FAUL CH06BFAUL CH45FAUL CH10BFAUL CH65CFAUL CH15BFAUL CH90CFAUL CH23BFAUL CH180CFAUL CH40BFAUL CH200CFAUL CH60BFAUL CH35FAUL CH08BFAUL CH60CFAUL CH15BFAUL CH80CFAUL CH20BFAUL CH120CFAUL CH35BFAUL CH200CFAUL CH50BFAUL CH300CFAUL CH70BFAUL A 1.22 (31) 1.22 (31) 1.46 (37) 1.46 (37) 1.5 (38) 1.5 (38) 1.89 (48) 1.89 (48) 2.28 (58) 2.28 (58) 2.28 (58) 2.28 (58) 1.22 (31) 1.22 (31) 1.5 (38) 1.5 (38) 1.89 (48) 1.89 (48) 2.28 (58) 2.28 (58) 2.28 (58) 2.28 (58) 2.28 (58) 2.28 (58) B 0.67 (17) 0.57 (14.5) 0.71 (18) 0.71 (18) 0.83 (21) 0.83 (21) 0.83 (21) 0.83 (21) 0.93 (23.5) 0.93 (23.5) 1.14 (29) 1.14 (29) 0.67 (17) 0.67 (17) 0.83 (21) 0.83 (21) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.83 (21) 0.87 (22) 1.14 (29) 1.14 (29) 1.38 (35) 1.38 (35) C 1.06 (27) 0.93 (23.5) 1.06 (27) 1.06 (27) 1.22 (31) 1.22 (31) 1.22 (31) 1.22 (31) 1.46 (37) 1.46 (37) 1.61 (41) 1.61 (41) 1.06 (27) 1.06 (27) 1.22 (31) 1.22 (31) 1.14 (29) 1.14 (29) 1.22 (31) 1.38 (35) 1.61 (41) 1.61 (41) 1.97 (50) 1.97 (50) Weight oz. (g) 0.71 (20) 0.53(15) 1.06 (30) 1.06 (30) 1.24 (35) 1.24 (35) 1.41 (40) 1.41 (40) 2.5 (70) 2.5 (70) 3.4 (95) 3.0 (85) 0.71 (20) 0.71 (20) 1.41 (40) 1.24 (35) 1.41 (40) 1.24 (35) 1.77 (50) 1.94 (55) 3.4 (95) 3.0 (85) 4.9 (140) 4.6 (130) w q w q Dimension No.
B-110
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
0.39 (10)
0.24(6)
0.28 (7)
Capacitor Dimensions Unit = inch (mm)

Capacitor (Included)
Dimension No:q
A B0.39 (10) B
Dimension No:w
A B0.59 (15) B
0.169 0.79 (4.3) (20)
0.169 0.79 (4.3) (20)
0.24 (6)
R0 . (10 39 )

Names and Function of Parts
The illustration has the cover removed. Install the cover after connection.
1 POWER LED
Turns on (green) while power is being supplied.
2 Internal speed potentiometer

Set the motors operating speed.
LED1 VR1 VR3 VR2
TB3
Introduction
3 Acceleration time potentiometer

Set the acceleration time for motor startup.
POWER SPEED ACCEL DECEL
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6
STOP INT-VR
4 Deceleration time potentiometer

Set the deceleration time for motor stop.
BX
BRAKE
EXT-VR
5 Control input terminal

S1 Common terminal for running and braking S2 Run/Stop input Runs (OFF) or stops (ON) the motor. S3 Run/Brake input Runs (OFF) or brakes (ON) the motor. S4, S5, S6 Speed potentiometer inputs When S4 and S5 are shorted, the speed can be set using the internal speed potentiometer (INT-VR). When S4 and S5 are open, the speed can be set using an external speed potentiometer (EXT-VR). When using an external speed potentiometer, connect it to S4 and S6.
FBL2
Installation hole
7 1
FG
Installation hole
11
BLU
AXU
8
NC
10
BLU
2
N
3
L
4
BLK
5
RED
MOTOR
6
WHT
AXH
6 Power connection terminal

(terminals 2 and 3)
ES
7 9 6
DIN lever
7 Motor connection terminal

(terminals 4, 5 and 6)
8 Generator connection terminal

(terminals 10 and 11)
Connect the blue generator lead wires.
9 FG terminal (terminal 1)
Dimensions B-103
B-111
B-112
Connection Diagrams Uni-directional Operation

(When using internal speed potentiometer)
SW2
Run Run Stop
SW3
Brake
LED1 VR1 VR3 VR2 TB3 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6
STOP BRAKE
INT-VR EXT-VR
7 1 2
N
8
NC
10
BLU
11
BLU
3
L
4
BLK
5
RED MOTOR
6
WHT
AWG18 (0.75 mm ) min.

2
FG
Power Supply Voltage ES01 110 VAC 60 Hz 115 VAC 60 Hz
Capacitor
AWG18 (0.75 mm2) min.
Motor Blue Blue
Frame Ground AWG18 (0.75 mm2) min. White Red Black Orange Orange
Power Supply ES02 Fuse 220 VAC 50/60 Hz SW1 230 VAC 50/60 Hz
These are lead wires for the cooling fan. These should be connected only when using 60 and 90 W type.
For uni-directional operation, connect the lead wires of the motor to the controller in this order: For CW operation, connect the Red wire to terminal #5 and the White wire to terminal #6. For CCW operation, connect the White wire to terminal #5 and the Red wire to terminal #6. When using external speed potentiometer,see page B-114.
Bi-directional Operation
(When using internal speed potentiometer)
SW2 Run Run Stop SW3 Brake
LED1 VR1 VR3 VR2 TB3 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6
STOP BRAKE
INT-VR EXT-VR
7 1
FG
8
NC
10
BLU
11
BLU
2
N
3
L
4
BLK
5
RED MOTOR
6
WHT
AWG18 (0.75 mm2) min. Power Supply Voltage ES01 110 VAC 60 Hz 115 VAC 60 Hz
Frame Ground AWG18 (0.75 mm2) min.
Power Supply Fuse ES02 220 VAC 50/60 Hz SW1 230 VAC 50/60 Hz
Co
Ro
Blue
Blue Motor
CW CCW
Co Co Ro Ro
CW CCW
Co
SW4
Ro
White Red Black Orange Orange AWG18 (0.75mm ) min.

2
These are lead wires for the cooling fan. These should be connected only when using 60 W and 90 W type.
When using external speed potentiometer,see page B-114.
Capacitor
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
Specifications of the Switches and Fuse

Power Supply Voltage SW1 SW2, SW3 SW4 R0, C0 (Surge suppressor) Fuse 125 VAC 10 A R0=5200 C0=0.10.2 F, 200 WV Product certified under the UL/CSA248-14 standard or equivalent 250 VAC 10 A R0=5200 C0=0.10.2 F, 400 WV Product certified under the UL/CSA248-14 standard or equivalent 250 VAC 5 A 110/115 VAC (ES01) 125 VAC 10 A 18 VDC 1 mA 250 VAC 5 A 220/230 VAC (ES02) 250 VAC 5 A
Introduction
Precaution for wiring The control input terminals are not insulated from the AC power supply. Any equipment (sequencer, relay and/or switch) that will be connected to the control input terminals must have contact ratings of 18 VDC and 1 mA min. The length of the cable connecting the motor and speed controller should be no more than 32.8 feet (10 m). The length of the control cable should be no more than 6.6 feet (2 m) and as short as possible.
Timing Chart
The timing chart below shows an example of switching between two speed levels when the high speed and low speed are selected via the internal and external speed potentiometers, respectively.
Run/Stop Immediately High Speed CW (Clockwise Direction) Motor Operation CCW (Counter-Clockwise Direction) Switching between Two Speed Levels/Stop High Speed Low Speed Acceleration/ Deceleration Operation
AXU
AXH BHF ES
AC Motor Systems
SW1
ON
Power Supply
Low Speed
US
OFF OFF
Run Stop Run Stop
SW2 SW3 SW4
Run/Stop Input
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON
0.5s min.
Run Brake Run Brake Run
Run/Brake Input CW/CCW Input Internal/ External Speed Setting
CW
CCW
CW
Internal
External
Internal
External
Internal
Case where the acceleration and deceleration times are set longer by turning each potentiometer clockwise.
Run/Brake, Stop
Run/Stop Input Run/Brake Input Motor Operation OFF OFF Runs Setting SW2/SW3 to Run (OFF) causes the motor to rotate at the speed set OFF ON Stops Immediately via the speed potentiometers. Coasts to a Stop ON OFF Setting SW2 to Stop (ON) during operation The slow down time set with a potentiometer is longer than causes the motor to coast to a stop. the time which motor coasts to a stop, motor will stop with Setting SW3 to Brake (ON) during operation slow down time. causes the motor to stop immediately. The braking function (current through the motor) is only active for approximately 0.4 seconds after the Run/Brake input is turned ON. It is important to wait 0.5 seconds, or greater, prior to switching back to Run. Otherwise, damage to the speed controller may result.
Switching the Direction of Rotation

SW4 is used to switch the motors direction of rotation. When SW4 is set to CW, the motor rotates in the clockwise direction, as seen from the motors output-shaft side. When SW4 is set to CCW, the motor rotates in the counterclockwise direction, as seen from the motors output-shaft side. The rotating direction of the gear output shaft is opposite that of the motor shaft, depends on the gear ratio.
Instant switching between forward and reverse operations is possible with a reversible motor. Connect a surge suppressor between the relay contacts. Oriental Motor also provides an optional EPCR1201-2 CR circuit for surge suppression.Page A-218 For bi-directional operation of an induction motor, switch the rotating direction after the motor has come to a complete stop.
Dimensions B-103
B-113
60 Hz 1500 Speed [r/min] 50 Hz
Internal Speed Potentiometer
1000
Speed [r/min]
Deceleration time [sec /1000 r/ min]
Acceleration time [sec / 1000 r/ min]
B-114
Speed Setting Methods

The following two methods of setting speed can be used. v Internal Speed Potentiometer The setting range is from 90 to 1400 r/min at 50 Hz or 90 to 1600 r/min at 60 Hz. Short the speed potentiometer input terminals S4 and S5. Turning the potentiometer clockwise will set a faster speed. The factory setting is 0 r/min.
2000
v External Speed Potentiometer (included) Open the speed potentiometer input terminals S4 and S5. Before connecting, turn the dial on the external speed potentiometer counterclockwise to set the speed to 0 r/min. Turning the dial clockwise will set a faster speed.
External Speed Potentiometer 20 k 1/4 W with a linear resistance vs. angle curve
2000 60 Hz
1500
50 Hz
10
1000
500
500
TB3
0 6 8 10 2 4 Internal speed potentiometer position
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
0 5 10 15 20 Speed potentiometer resistance [k]
Internal speed potentiometer positionspeed characteristics (typical value)
External speed potentiometer resistancespeed characteristics (typical value)
Note: Do not operate multiple speed controllers with a single external speed potentiometer. Doing so may damage the speed controllers.
Acceleration and Deceleration Operation

Equipment and loads are subject to large acceleration/deceleration force when starting, stopping, and changing speeds. When you want to accelerate/decelerate without any accompanying shock, the acceleration/deceleration time can be extended using the slow start/slow down function. The slow start/slow down time can be set using acceleration/deceleration time potentiometers built into the control pack. However, when the load inertia is large, the deceleration time cannot be set at a shorter time than when the motor is stopped naturally. v Acceleration The acceleration function is actuated at start or when the speed is switched to the higher setting in a two-level speed control system. Turning the acceleration time potentiometer clockwise will increase the set time. The factory setting is 0 (no acceleration).
15
v Deceleration The deceleration function is actuated during natural stop or when the speed is switched to the lower setting in a two-level speed control system. Turning the deceleration time potentiometer clockwise will increase the set time. The factory setting is 0 (no deceleration).
20
15
10
10
10
Acceleration Time Potentiometer
Deceleration Time Potentiometer

5
10
10
10
Acceleration time potentiometer positionspeed characteristics (typical value)
Deceleration time potentiometer positionspeed characteristics (typical value)
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
Repeated Operation/Braking Cycle

When running/braking of the motor is repeated in short cycles, the rise in motor temperature will increase and the continuousoperation time will be limited. Use the following values as a guideline:
Motor Output HP 1/1251/19 1/12, 1/8 W 640 60, 90 Repetition Cycle 2 seconds min. (Running 1 second, stopping 1 second)
Introduction
4 seconds min. (Running 2 seconds, stopping 2 seconds)
Note: The motor may generate heat, depending on the conditions in which it is driven. Ensure that the temperature of the motor case does not exceed 194F (90C).
Braking Current
When the motor is commanded to stop immediately, the following braking current will flow. Provide an appropriate power supply by referring to these values.
Motor Output HP 1/125 1/50 1/30 1/19 1/12 1/8 W 6 15 25 40 60 90 Braking Current (Peak Value) [A] Single-Phase 110/115 VAC 1.5 3.5 5.5 8.5 15.5 20.5 Single-Phase 220/230 VAC 1.0 2.0 3.0 6.0 8.0 12.0
BX Brushless DC Motor Systems AC Input DC Input FBL2 AXU AXH BHF
List of Motor and Gearhead Combinations

Model names for motor/gearhead combinations are shown below.
AC Motor Systems
Induction Motors
Output Power HP 1/125 1/50 1/30 1/19 1/12 1/8 W 6 15 25 40 60 90 Model VSI206A-U VSI206C-E VSI315A-U VSI315C-E VSI425A-U VSI425C-E VSI540A-U VSI540C-E VSI560A-U VSI560C-E VSI590A-U VSI590C-E Motor Model VSI206A-GV VSI206C-GV VSI315A-GV VSI315C-GV VSI425A-GV VSI425C-GV VSI540A-GVH VSI540C-GVH VSI560A-GVH VSI560C-GVH VSI590A-GVR VSI590C-GVR Gearhead Model
ES US
GV2G GV3G GV4G GVH5G GVH5G GVR5G
Enter the gear ratio in the box () with in the model name.
Reversible Motors
Output Power HP 1/125 1/50 1/30 1/19 1/12 1/8 W 6 15 25 40 60 90 Model VSR206A-U VSR206C-E VSR315A-U VSR315C-E VSR425A-U VSR425C-E VSR540A-U VSR540C-E VSR560A-U VSR560C-E VSR590A-U VSR590C-E Motor Model VSR206A-GV VSR206C-GV VSR315A-GV VSR315C-GV VSR425A-GV VSR425C-GV VSR540A-GVH VSR540C-GVH VSR560A-GVH VSR560C-GVH VSR590A-GVR VSR590C-GVR Gearhead Model GV2G GV3G GV4G GVH5G GVH5G GVR5G
Enter the gear ratio in the box () with in the model name.
Dimensions B-103
B-115
B-116
AC Motor Systems
US Series
The US Series combines a control unit and an AC speed control motor. Connection between the motor and control unit is simplified by an easy-to-use connector. The US Series is designed for applications where remote control of the motor speed and easy installation are required.
Features
Gearhead show in the photograph is sold separately.
Easy Connection
Control units combine the control pack, potentiometer and capacitor into one device (except 60 W and 90 W models). Operation is possible just by connecting the control unit into the power supply after connecting the motor and control unit together using the connector.
Easy Operation
The speed can be set easily with the potentiometer on the front panel of the control unit.
Approved by Safety Standards

The US Series is recognized by UL/CSA standards and conforms to EN standards. CE marking is used in accordance with the Low Voltage Directives.

Standards UL1004 UL2111 CSA C22.2 No.100 CSA C22.2 No.77 Motor EN60950 EN60034-1 EN60034-5 IEC60034-11 (15 W90 W type) UL508 Control Unit CSA C22.2 No.14 EN60950 EN50178 UL E91291 Certification Body Standards File No. E64199 (6 W type) E64197 (15 W90 W type) 114919G (6 W type) 6751G (15 W90 W type) Low Voltage Directives Conform to EN/IEC Standards CE Marking
UL
VDE
When the system is approved under various safety standards, the model names on the motor and control unit are the approved model names. List of Motor and Control Unit CombinationsPage B-130 Details of Safety StandardsPage G-2 Single-Phase 220/230 VAC models conform to EMC directives. The EMC value changes according to the wiring and layout. Therefore, the final EMC level must be checked with the motor/control unit incorporated in the user's equipment.
Product Line
Output Power HP W 1/125 6 1/50 15 1/30 25 1/19 40 1/12 60 1/8 90

Model Pinion Shaft US206-401U US315-401U US425-401U US540-401U US560-501U US590-501U Round Shaft US206-001U US315-001U US425-001U US540-001U US560-001U US590-001U

Output Power HP W 1/125 6 1/50 15 1/30 25 1/19 40 1/12 60 1/8 90 Model Pinion Shaft US206-402E US315-402E US425-402E US540-402E US560-502E US590-502E Round Shaft US206-002E US315-002E US425-002E US540-002E US560-002E US590-002E
Features B-116
Specifications B-118
Gearheads (Sold Separately)

Motor Model US206 Type US315 Type US425 Type US540 Type US560, US590 Type US590 Type Gearhead Model 2GN3KA2GN180KA 2GN10XK (Decimal Gearhead) 3GN3KA3GN180KA 3GN10XK (Decimal Gearhead) 4GN3KA4GN180KA 4GN10XK (Decimal Gearhead) 5GN3KA5GN180KA 5GN10XK (Decimal Gearhead) 5GU3KA5GU180KA 5GU10XKB (Decimal Gearhead) 5GU50KHA5GU180KHA 5GU10XK (Decimal Gearhead)
Right-Angle Gearheads (Sold Separately)

Type of Shaft Hollow Shaft Gearhead Model 4GN3.6RH4GN180RH 5GN3.6RH5GN180RH 5GU3.6RH5GU180RH 4GN3.6RAA4GN180RAA 5GN3RAA5GN180RAA 5GU3RAA5GU180RAA
Solid Shaft
Introduction BX
FBL2
Motor Mounting Brackets (Accessories) (Page A-204)
AXU AXH
Motor
Control Unit
AC Power (Not Supplied) Supply Right-Angle Gearhead (Sold separately) (Page A-189)
ES US
Gearhead (Sold separately)
Capacitor (Included) Included with 60 W, 90 W models
Capacitor Cap (Included) Insulates capacitor terminals section Included with 60 W, 90 W models
US Series
Product Number Code
US 5 60 - 5 0 1 U
Included Capacitor U: 110/115 VAC E: 220/230 VAC Voltage 1: Single-Phase 110/115 VAC 2: Single-Phase 220/230 VAC Motor Type 0: Induction Motor (Continuous rating) Shaft Type 0: Round Shaft 4: GN Pinion Shaft (for use with GN-type gearhead) 5: GU Pinion Shaft (for use with GU-type gearhead) Output Power 06: 6 W 15: 15 W 25: 25 W 40: 40 W 60: 60 W 90: 90 W
Series US: US Series
Motor Frame Size 2: 2.36 in. sq. (60 mm sq.) 3: 2.76 in. sq. (70 mm sq.) 4: 3.15 in. sq. (80 mm sq.) 5: 3.54 in. sq. (90 mm sq.)
Product Number Code of the GearheadsPage A-16

Dimensions B-123 Connection and Operation B-128 List of Motor and Control Unit Combinations B-130
B-117
B-118
Specifications
Model Pinion Shaft Round Shaft Maximum Output Power HP W Voltage VAC Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 220 Single-Phase 220 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 220 Single-Phase 220 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 220 Single-Phase 220 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 220 Single-Phase 220 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 220 Single-Phase 220 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 110 Single-Phase 115 Single-Phase 220 Single-Phase 220 Single-Phase 230 Single-Phase 230 Frequency Speed Range Hz 60 60 50 60 50 60 60 60 50 60 50 60 60 60 50 60 50 60 60 60 50 60 50 60 60 60 50 60 50 60 60 60 50 60 50 60 r/min 901600 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901600 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901600 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901600 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901600 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 901600 901600 901400 901600 901400 901600 Permissible Torque oz-in mNm 1200r/min 7.1 50 7.1 50 7.1 50 7.1 50 7.1 50 7.1 50 17.7 125 17.7 125 17.7 125 12 85 17.7 125 14.9 105 28 200 28 200 26 190 18.4 130 26 190 18.4 130 36 260 36 260 42 300 32 230 42 300 32 230 69 490 69 490 69 490 63 450 69 490 63 450 103 730 103 730 103 730 103 730 103 730 103 730 90r/min 4.2 30 4.2 30 4.1 29 4.1 29 4.1 29 4.1 29 6.3 45 6.3 45 4.9 35 4.9 35 4.9 35 4.9 35 7.1 50 7.1 50 6.1 43 6.1 43 6.6 47 6.1 43 9.9 70 9.9 70 8.9 63 8.9 63 8.9 63 8.9 63 28 200 28 200 19.8 140 22 160 19.8 140 22 160 28 200 28 200 32 230 36 260 32 230 36 260 Starting Torque oz-in mNm 4.9 4.9 4.1 3.8 4.1 4.1 7.8 7.8 7.6 7.3 7.6 7.8 14.9 14.9 12.3 11.3 12.3 12.3 25.0 25.0 19.8 17.7 19.8 19.8 40 40 34 29 34 34 57 57 51 51 56 56 35 35 29 27 29 29 55 55 54 52 54 55 105 105 87 80 87 87 180 180 140 125 140 140 285 285 240 210 240 240 405 405 360 360 400 400
Current A 0.24 0.25 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.47 0.50 0.21 0.18 0.21 0.22 0.74 0.74 0.33 0.31 0.35 0.31 1.1 1.1 0.53 0.55 0.53 0.55 2.0 2.1 0.85 0.86 0.89 0.88 2.6 2.6 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2
Rr C
Power Consumption W 24 28 25 27 28 28 44 44 40 39 41 44 70 73 60 59 62 60 102 105 90 98 90 100 178 186 154 159 154 165 230 246 200 221 201 227
Z US206-401U US206-001U 1/125 6
Z US206-402E
US206-002E
1/125 6 1/50 15
T US315-401U US315-001U
T US315-402E
US315-002E
1/50 15 1/30 25
T US425-401U US425-001U
T US425-402E
US425-002E
1/30 25 1/19 40
T US540-401U US540-001U
T US540-402E
US540-002E
1/19 40
T US560-501U US560-001U
1/12 60
T US560-502E
US560-002E
1/12 60 1/8 90
T US590-501U US590-001U
T US590-502E
US590-002E
1/8 90
Z: Impedance Protected. T: Contains a built-in thermal protector. If a motor overheats for any reason, the thermal protector is opened and the motor stops. When the motor temperature drops, the thermal protector closes and the motor automatically restarts. Be sure to turn off the power before inspecting. The speed ranges shown are under no load conditions. The "U" and "E" at the end of the model number indicate that the unit includes a capacitor. These letters are not listed on the motor nameplate.
General Specifications of the Motor

Item Insulation Resistance Dielectric Strength Temperature Rise Overheating Protection Device Insulation Class Ambient Temperature Range Ambient Humidity Degree of Protection Specifications 100 M or more when 500 VDC is applied between the windings and the frame after rated motor operation under normal ambient temperature and humidity. Sufficient to withstand 1.5 kV at 50 Hz and 60 Hz applied between the windings and the frame after rated motor operation under normal ambient temperature and humidity for 1 minute. 144F (80C) or less measured by the resistance change method after rated operation of motor with connected gearhead or equivalent heat radiation plate. US206 models are impedance protected. All others have built-in thermal protector (Automatic return type) Operating temperature, open: 266F9F (130C5C) Close: 179.6F27F (82C15C) Class B (266F [130C]) 14F104F (10C40C) (nonfreezing) 85% maximum (non condensing) US206, US315, US425, US540: IP20 US560, US590: IP40
Features B-116
Heat radiation plate (material: Aluminum)

Model (output) US206 Type (6 W) US315 Type (15 W) US425 Type (25 W) US540 Type (40 W) US560 Type (60 W) US590 Type (90 W) Size inch (mm) 4.534.53 (115115) 4.924.92 (125125) 5.315.31 (135135) 6.506.50 (165165) 7.877.87 (200200) 7.877.87 (200200) Thickness inch (mm)
0.20 (5)
Introduction
General Specifications of the Control Unit

Item Insulation Resistance Dielectric Strength Ambient Temperature Range Ambient Humidity Degree of Protection Specifications 100 M or more when 500 VDC is applied between all the pins and the frame. Sufficient to withstand 2.3 kV (Single phase 220, 230 VAC: 3.0 kV) at 50 Hz and 60 Hz applied between all the pins and the frame for 1 minute. 32F104F (0C40C) (nonfreezing) 85% maximum (noncondensing) IP10
Speed Range when Gearhead is Attached

Gear Ratio High Speed Low Speed 60 Hz 50 Hz 3 533 466 30 3.6 444 388 25 5 320 280 18 6 266 233 15 7.5 213 186 12 9 12.5 15 177 128 106 155 112 93 10 7.2 6 18 88 77 5 25 64 56 3.6 30 53 46 3 36 44 38 2.5 50 32 28 1.8 60 26 23 1.5 75 21 18 1.2
Unit = r/min 90 100 120 150 180 17 16 13 10 8.8 15 14 11 9 7 1 0.9 0.75 0.6 0.5
AXU AXH
Permissible Torque when a Gearhead is Attached

When connecting a decimal gearhead with a gear ratio of 10:1 between the motor and the gearhead, the rotation rate is reduced. The permissible torque with decimal gearheads are as follows. 2GNKA/2GN10XK 26 lb-in/3 Nm 3GNKA/3GN10XK 44 lb-in/5 Nm 4GNKA/4GN10XK 70 lb-in/8 Nm (Gear Ratio 2536 53 lb-in/6 Nm) 5GNKA/5GN10XK 88 lb-in/10 Nm 5GUKA/5GU10XKB 177 lb-in/20 Nm 5GUKHA/5GU10XK 260 lb-in/30 Nm
BHF AC Motor Systems ES US Before Using a Speed Control System

Model US206-401U /2GNKA Gear Ratio 1200 r/min 90 r/min 1200 r/min 90 r/min 1200 r/min 90 r/min 1200 r/min 90 r/min 1200 r/min 90 r/min 1200 r/min 90 r/min 1200 r/min 90 r/min 3 1.06 0.12 0.64 0.073 2.6 0.3 0.97 0.11 4.3 0.49 1.06 0.12 5.5 0.63 1.5 0.17 10.6 1.2 4.3 0.49 15.9 1.8 4.3 0.49 3.6 1.32 0.15 0.77 0.088 3.1 0.36 1.15 0.13 5.1 0.58 1.32 0.15 6.7 0.76 1.77 0.2 12.3 1.4 5.1 0.58 18.5 2.1 5.1 0.58 5 1.77 0.2 1.06 0.12 4.5 0.51 1.59 0.18 7.1 0.81 1.77 0.2 9.7 1.1 2.4 0.28 17.7 2.0 7.1 0.81 26 3.0 7.1 0.81 6 2.1 0.24 1.32 0.15 5.3 0.61 1.94 0.22 8.5 0.97 2.1 0.24 11.5 1.3 3 0.34 21 2.4 8.5 0.97 30 3.5 8.5 0.97 7.5 2.6 0.3 1.59 0.18 6.7 0.76 2.3 0.27 10.6 1.2 2.6 0.3 14.1 1.6 3.8 0.43 26 3.0 10.6 1.2 38 4.4 10.6 1.2 9 3.1 0.36 1.94 0.22 8 0.91 2.9 0.33 13.2 1.5 3.1 0.36 16.8 1.9 4.5 0.51 31 3.6 13.2 1.5 46 5.3 13.2 1.5 12.5 4.5 0.51 2.6 0.3 11.5 1.3 4 0.46 17.7 2.0 4.5 0.51 23 2.6 6.2 0.71 39 4.5 15.9 1.8 59 6.7 15.9 1.8 15 5.3 0.61 3.1 0.36 13.2 1.5 4.8 0.55 21 2.4 5.3 0.61 28 3.2 7.5 0.85 47 5.4 19.4 2.2 70 8.0 19.4 2.2 18 6.4 0.73 3.8 0.44 15.9 1.8 5.8 0.66 25 2.9 6.4 0.73 33 3.8 8.8 1.0 56 6.4 23 2.6 84 9.6 23 2.6 25 8 0.91 4.8 0.55 20 2.3 7.2 0.82 32 3.7 8 0.91 41 4.7 11.5 1.3 71 8.1 29 3.3 106 12.0 29 3.3 30 9.7 1.1 5.8 0.66 23 2.7 8.7 0.99 38 4.4 9.7 1.1 50 5.7 13.2 1.5 85 9.7 35 4.0 128 14.5 35 4.0
Unit = Upper values: lb-in/Lower values: Nm 36 50 60 75 90 100 120 11.5 15 17.7 22 26 26 26 1.3 1.7 2.0 2.5 3 3 3 6.9 8.7 10.6 13.2 15.9 17.7 21 0.79 0.99 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.4 29 36 44 44 44 44 44 3.3 4.1 5 5 5 5 5 10.6 13.2 15.9 19.4 23 26 31 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.0 3.6 46 58 69 70 70 70 70 5.3 6.6 7.9 8 8 8 8 11.5 15 17.7 22 26 29 35 1.3 1.7 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.3 4.0 60 76 88 88 88 88 88 6.8 8.6 10 10 10 10 10 15.9 20 24 30 37 40 48 1.8 2.3 2.8 3.5 4.2 4.6 5.5 102 143 171 177 177 177 177 11.6 16.2 19.4 20 20 20 20 42 58 69 78 93 104 125 4.8 6.6 7.9 8.9 10.6 11.8 14.2 153 177 177 177 177 177 177 17.3 20 20 20 20 20 20 42 58 69 78 93 104 125 4.8 6.6 7.9 8.9 10.6 11.8 14.2 210 250 260 260 260 260 24.1 28.9 30 30 30 30 58 69 78 93 104 125 6.6 7.9 8.9 10.6 11.8 14.2 150 26 3 26 3 44 5 39 4.5 70 8 44 5.0 88 10 61 6.9 177 20 156 17.7 177 20 156 17.7 260 30 156 17.7 180 26 3 26 3 44 5 44 5 70 8 52 5.9 88 10 73 8.3 177 20 177 20 177 20 177 20 260 30 187 21.2
US315-401U /3GNKA
US425-401U /4GNKA
US540-401U /5GNKA
US560-501U /5GUKA
US590-501U /5GUKA
US590-501U /5GUKHA
Gearheads and decimal gearheads are sold separately. Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name. A colored background indicates gear shaft rotation in the same direction as the motor shaft; a white background indicates rotation in the opposite direction.
Dimensions B-123 Connection and Operation B-128 List of Motor and Control Unit Combinations B-130
B-119
B-120

Model US206-402E /2GNKA Gear Ratio 1200 r/min 90 r/min 220 VAC 60 Hz 1200 230 VAC 50 Hz r/min 230 VAC 60 Hz 90 r/min 220/230 VAC 60 Hz 1200 r/min 230 VAC 50 Hz 220/230 VAC 60 Hz 90 r/min 230 VAC 50 Hz 220/230 VAC 60 Hz 1200 r/min 230 VAC 50 Hz 90 r/min 220/230 VAC 60 Hz 1200 r/min 230 VAC 50 Hz 220/230 VAC 60 Hz 90 r/min 230 VAC 50 Hz 1200 r/min US590-502E /5GUKA 220/230 VAC 60 Hz 90 r/min 230 VAC 50 Hz 1200 r/min US590-502E /5GUKHA 220/230 VAC 60 Hz 90 r/min 230 VAC 50 Hz 3 1.06 0.12 0.61 0.07 1.85 0.21 2.6 0.3 2.3 0.26 0.75 0.085 2.8 0.32 4 0.46 0.88 0.1 0.97 0.11 4.9 0.56 6.4 0.73 1.32 0.15 9.7 1.1 10.6 1.2 3.4 0.39 3 0.34 15.9 1.8 5.5 0.63 4.9 0.56 3.6 1.32 0.15 0.75 0.085 2.2 0.25 3.1 0.36 2.7 0.31 0.88 0.1 3.3 0.38 4.8 0.55 1.15 0.13 1.23 0.14 5.9 0.67 7.6 0.87 1.59 0.18 11.5 1.3 12.3 1.4 4.1 0.47 3.6 0.41 18.5 2.1 6.7 0.76 5.9 0.67 5 1.77 0.2 1.06 0.12 3 0.34 4.5 0.51 3.8 0.43 1.23 0.14 4.6 0.53 6.8 0.77 1.5 0.17 1.68 0.19 8.2 0.93 10.6 1.2 2.3 0.26 15.9 1.8 17.7 2.0 5.7 0.65 5 0.57 26 3.0 9.7 1.1 8.2 0.93 6 2.1 0.24 1.23 0.14 3.6 0.41 5.3 0.61 4.5 0.51 1.5 0.17 5.5 0.63 8.1 0.92 18.5 0.21 2 0.23 9.7 1.1 13.2 1.5 2.7 0.31 19.4 2.2 21 2.4 6.9 0.78 6 0.68 30 3.5 11.5 1.3 9.7 1.1 7.5 2.6 0.3 1.59 0.18 4.6 0.52 6.7 0.76 5.6 0.64 1.85 0.21 6.9 0.79 10.6 1.2 2.3 0.26 2.5 0.29 12.3 1.4 15.9 1.8 3.3 0.38 23 2.7 26 3.0 8.5 0.97 7.5 0.85 38 4.4 14.1 1.6 12.3 1.4 9 3.1 0.36 1.85 0.21 5.4 0.62 8 0.91 6.8 0.77 2.3 0.26 8.4 0.95 12.3 1.4 2.7 0.31 3 0.34 15 1.7 19.4 2.2 4 0.46 29 3.3 31 3.6 10.6 1.2 8.8 1.0 46 5.3 16.8 1.9 15 1.7 12.5 4.5 0.51 2.5 0.29 7.6 0.86 11.5 1.3 9.7 1.1 3 0.35 11.5 1.3 16.8 1.9 3.8 0.44 4.2 0.48 20 2.3 26 3.0 5.6 0.64 36 4.1 39 4.5 13.2 1.5 11.5 1.3 59 6.7 21 2.4 18.5 2.1 15 5.3 0.61 3 0.35 8.8 1.0 13.2 1.5 11.5 1.3 3.8 0.43 14.1 1.6 20 2.3 4.6 0.52 5 0.57 24 2.8 31 3.6 6.8 0.77 43 4.9 47 5.4 15.9 1.8 13.2 1.5 70 8.0 24 2.8 22 2.5 18 6.4 0.73 3.7 0.42 10.6 1.2 15.9 1.8 13.2 1.5 4.5 0.51 16.8 1.9 24 2.8 5.5 0.63 6.1 0.69 30 3.4 38 4.4 8.1 0.92 52 5.9 56 6.4 18.5 2.1 15.9 1.8 84 9.6 30 3.4 26 3.0 25 8 0.91 4.6 0.53 14.1 1.6 20 2.3 16.8 1.9 5.6 0.64 21 2.4 30 3.5 6.9 0.78 7.6 0.86 37 4.2 48 5.5 9.7 1.1 65 7.4 71 8.1 23 2.6 20 2.3 106 12.0 38 4.3 33 3.8 30 9.7 1.1 5.6 0.64 16.8 1.9 23 2.7 20 2.3 6.8 0.77 24 2.8 37 4.2 8.3 0.94 8.8 1.0 44 5.0 58 6.6 12.3 1.4 78 8.9 85 9.7 28 3.2 24 2.8 128 14.5 45 5.1 40 4.6 36 11.5 1.3 6.7 0.76 19.4 2.2 29 3.3 24 2.8 8.1 0.92 30 3.4 44 5.0 9.7 1.1 10.6 1.2 53 6.0 69 7.9 15 1.7 94 10.7 102 11.6 33 3.8 29 3.3 153 17.3 54 6.2 48 5.5 50 15 1.7 8.4 0.96 24 2.8 36 4.1 30 3.5 10.6 1.2 38 4.3 55 6.3 12.3 1.4 14.1 1.6 67 7.6 87 9.9 18.5 2.1 131 14.9 143 16.2 46 5.3 40 4.6 177 20 76 8.6 67 7.6 210 24.1 76 8.6 67 7.6
Unit = Upper values: lb-in/Lower values: Nm 60 17.7 2.0 9.7 1.1 30 3.4 44 5 37 4.2 12.3 1.4 45 5.1 66 7.5 15 1.7 16.8 1.9 80 9.1 88 10 22 2.5 157 17.8 171 19.4 55 6.3 48 5.5 177 20 91 10.3 80 9.1 250 28.9 91 10.3 80 9.1 75 22 2.5 12.3 1.4 37 4.2 44 5 44 5 15 1.7 56 6.4 70 8 18.5 2.1 20 2.3 88 10 88 10 27 3.1 176 19.9 177 20 62 7.1 54 6.2 177 20 101 11.5 90 10.2 260 30 101 11.5 90 10.2 90 26 3 15 1.7 44 5 44 5 44 5 18.5 2.1 68 7.7 70 8 23 2.6 24 2.8 88 10 88 10 32 3.7 177 20 177 20 75 8.5 65 7.4 177 20 122 13.8 107 12.2 260 30 122 13.8 107 12.2 100 26 3 16.8 1.9 44 5 44 5 44 5 20 2.3 70 8 70 8 24 2.8 27 3.1 88 10 88 10 37 4.2 177 20 177 20 83 9.4 73 8.3 177 20 135 15.3 120 13.6 260 30 135 15.3 120 13.6 120 26 3 20 2.3 44 5 44 5 44 5 24 2.8 70 8 70 8 30 3.4 32 3.7 88 10 88 10 44 5.0 177 20 177 20 100 11.3 87 9.9 177 20 162 18.4 144 16.3 260 30 162 18.4 144 16.3 150 26 3 25 2.9 44 5 44 5 44 5 30 3.5 70 8 70 8 38 4.3 41 4.7 88 10 88 10 54 6.2 177 20 177 20 125 14.2 109 12.4 177 20 177 20 177 20 260 30 200 23 180 20.4 180 26 3 26 3 44 5 44 5 44 5 37 4.2 70 8 70 8 45 5.1 49 5.6 88 10 88 10 66 7.5 177 20 177 20 150 17 131 14.9 177 20 177 20 177 20 260 30 240 27.6 210 24.4
US315-402E /3GNKA
US425-402E /4GNKA
US540-402E /5GNKA
US560-502E /5GUKA
Gearheads and decimal gearheads are sold separately. Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name. A colored background indicates gear shaft rotation in the same direction as the motor shaft; a white background indicates rotation in the opposite direction.
Gearmotor Torque Table when a Right-Angle Gearhead is Attached

Page A-196

Motor (Round shaft type)Page A-11 GearheadPage A-11
Permissible Load Inertia J for Gearhead

Page A-12
Features B-116

US206-401U US206-001U US206-402E US206-002E
50 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 220 VAC 220 VAC/60 Hz Safe-Operation Line 230 VAC/50 Hz Safe-Operation Line
[mNm]
[oz-in]
110 VAC 115 VAC Safe-Operation Line Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached
[mNm]
[oz-in]
80 10 60 Torque 8
80
Permissible Torque when 12 Gearhead is Attached 10
Introduction
230 VAC/60 Hz Safe-Operation Line 60 Torque 8 6 4 20 2 0 90 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 1500 1800 1400 1600 0 90 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 1500 1800 1400 1600 220 VAC/50 Hz Safe-Operation Line
6 40 4 20 2 0
40
FBL2 AXU
AXH
US315-401U US315-001U
[mNm]
US315-402E US315-002E
50 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 220 VAC 50 Hz Safe-Operation Line 25 160 20 Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached 230 VAC/60 Hz Safe-Operation Line
[oz-in]
[mNm]
[oz-in]
110 VAC 115 VAC Safe-Operation Line Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached
ES
200 25 160 20 Torque 120 15 80 Torque
120 15 80
10 40
10
40
5 220 VAC/60 Hz Safe-Operation Line 90 500 1000 1500 1800 Speed [r/min] 1400 1600
0 90 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 1500 1800 1400 1600
US425-401U US425-001U
US425-402E US425-001E
50 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 220 VAC 50 Hz Safe-Operation Line
[mNm]
[oz-in]
Safe-Operation Line Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached
300 250 200
300 40 250 200 Torque 150 100 50 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached 60 Hz Safe-Operation Line
40 35 30
Torque
25 150 100 50 5 0 0 90 500 1500 1800 Speed [r/min] 14001600 1000 20 15 10
[mNm] 0
[oz-in] 0 90
110 VAC 115 VAC
500
1000 Speed [r/min]
1500 1800 1400 1600
Dimensions B-123
List of Motor and Control Unit Combinations B-130
B-121
Torque
Torque
[oz-in]
[Nm]
1.0
140 120
Safe-Operation Line Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached
1.0 140 0.8 Torque 120 100 0.6 80 60 40 Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached
[mNm]
[oz-in]
Torque
[oz-in]
[Nm]
1.0
140 120
[mNm]
[oz-in]
Torque
Torque
B-122
US540-401U US540-001U
US540-402E US540-002E
50 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 220 VAC
60 0.4 50 0.3 40 30 20 0.1 10 0 0
Permissible Torque when Safe-Operation Line Gearhead is Attached
0.5
[mNm]
[oz-in]
[Nm]
[oz-in] 70 60 50
110 VAC 115 VAC
50 Hz Safe-Operation Line
0.4
60 Hz Safe-Operation Line
0.3
40 30 20
0.2
0.2
0.1 10 0 90 500 1500 1800 1400 1600 Speed [r/min] 1000 0 90 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 1500 1800 1400 1600
US560-501U US560-001U
110 VAC 115 VAC
US560-502E US560-002E
50 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 220 VAC
0.8 100 0.6 80 60 40 0.2 20 0 0 90 500 1500 1800 1400 1600 Speed [r/min] 1000 0.2 20 0 0 90 500 1000
50 Hz Safe-Operation Line 60 Hz Safe-Operation Line
0.4
0.4
Speed [r/min]
1500 1800 1400 1600
US590-501U US590-001U
110 VAC 115 VAC Safe-Operation Line
US590-502E US590-002E
50 Hz 230 VAC 60 Hz 230 VAC 50 Hz 220 VAC 60 Hz 220 VAC 50 Hz Safe-Operation Line 230 VAC/60 Hz Safe-Operation Line 220 VAC/60 Hz Safe-Operation Line
1.2 160 1.0 140 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0 90 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 1500 1800 1400 1600 120 100 80 60 40 Permissible Torque when Gearhead is Attached
0.8 100 0.6 80 60 40 0.2 20 0 0
0.4
20 0 90 500 1000 Speed [r/min] 1500 1800 1400 1600
Features B-116
Mounting screws are included with gearheads. Dimensions for screws Page A-223 Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name.

Motor/Gearhead
US206-401U, US206-402E (Pinion Shaft Type) Motor: USM206-401W, USM206-402W Weight: 1.76 lb. (0.8 kg)
Gearhead: 2GNKA Weight: 0.88 lb. (0.4 kg)

0.39 (10) 2.95 (75) 0.28 (7) L 1.26 (32) 0.12 (3) 0.50 (12.7) 0.293 (7.437) 0.31250 0.0006 5/16"
0 (7.9370.015 )
Introduction
0.39 (10) 0.94 (24)
2.36 (60)
BX
0. 2.76 0.5) 0 7 ( 02
2.36 (60) 1.85 (47)
FBL2
Leads, 10 inch (250 mm) Length W/connector Housing 14803400 (AMP) 2GN3KA~18KA: L = 1.18 (30) 2GN25KA~180KA: L = 1.57 (40)
0.177 (4.5) 4 Holes

2230'
AXU AXH BHF
Round Shaft Type
US206-001U, US206-002E Motor: USM206-001W, USM206-002W Weight: 1.76 lb. (0.8 kg) d A354
0.94 (24) 0.08 (2)
0 2.12600.0012 0 (540.030 ) 0 0.23620.0005 0 (60.012 )
Decimal Gearhead
AC Motor Systems
Can be connected to US206GN pinion shaft type 2GN10XK Weight: 0.44 lb. (0.2 kg) d A003
1.52 (38.5) 0.49(12.5) 1.02 (26) 0.08 (2)
ES US
2.36 (60)
0.0 2.76 .5) 0 (70 2
2.36 (60)
2.1260 0 0.0012
0.177 (4.5) 4 Holes
(54 0 0.030)
2.76 .5) 0 ( 70
2 0.0
0.177 (4.5) 4 Holes
22 30
Motor/Gearhead

0.37500 0.0006 3/8" 0.39 (10) 3.15 (80) 0.28 (7) 2.72 (69) 1.85 (47) L 1.26 (32) 0.12 (3) 0.50 (12.7) 0.347 (8.825)
0 (9.5250.015 )
2.76 (70)
0.59 (15)
1.18 (30)
3.23 ) 0.5 (82
0.02
Leads,10 inch (250 mm) Length W/connector Housing 14803400 (AMP)
0.217 (5.5) 4 Holes

2230'
3GN3KA~18KA: L = 1.26 (32) 3GN25KA~180KA: L = 1.65 (42)
Dimensions B-123
B-123
2.51970 0.0012
0 (640.030 )
0.217 (5.5) 4 Holes
0 (640.030 )
3.23 .5) 0 (82
0.0
2.51970 0.0012
0.39 (10)
3.35 (85) 0.28 (7)
1.26 (32) 0.12 (3) 0.50 (12.7)
0.347 (8.825)
0.59 (15) 1.34 (34)
3.11 (79) 1.85 (47)
0.28 (7)
2.87400 0.0012 0 730.030
2.8740 0 0.0012
0.217 (5.5) 4 Holes
0 (73 0.030 )
B-124
Round Shaft Type
1.26 (32) 0.08 (2) 0.23620 0.0005 2.76 (70)
2
Decimal Gearhead
1.69 (43) 0.51 (13) 1.18(30) 0.08 (2) 2.76 (70)
(60 0.012)
0.0 3.23 0.5) 2 ( 8
0.217 (5.5) 4 Holes
22 30
Motor/Gearhead

0.37500 0.0006 3/8" 3.15 (80)
(9.5250 0.015)
00 3.7 40.5) 9 (
.02
Leads,10 inch (250 mm) Length W/connector Housing 14803400 (AMP) 4GN3KA~18KA: L = 1.26 (32) 4GN25KA~180KA: L = 1.67 (42.5)
0.217 (5.5) 4 Holes
22 30
Round Shaft Type
1.26 (32) 0.08 (2) 0.98 (25) 0.31500 0.0006 3.15 (80)
Decimal Gearhead
1.79 (45.5) 1.26 (32) 0.53 (13.5) 0.08 (2)
0.0 3.70 .5) 0 (94 2
(80 0.015)
3.15 (80)
3.70 ) 0.5 ( 94
0.02
0.217 (5.5) 4 Holes
22 30
Features B-116
Motor/Gearhead

0.39 (10) 4.13 (105) 0.30 (7.5) L 0.45(11.4) 1.26 (32) 0.12 (3) 0.75 (19) 0.50000 0.0007 1/2"
0 (12.70.018 )
3.54 (90)
Introduction
0.71(18) 1.42 (36)
3.50 (89) 1.85 (47)
4.09 0.5) (104
0.02
Leads,10 inch (250 mm) Length W/connector Housing 14803400 (AMP)
0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes

2230'
FBL2 AXU
5GN3KA~18KA: L = 1.65 (42) 5GN25KA~180KA: L = 2.36 (60)
AXH
Round Shaft Type
1.46 (37) 0.08 (2) 0.35 (9) 1.18 (30) 0.39370 0.0006 3.54 (90)
Decimal Gearhead
2.17 (55) 1.46 (37) 0.08 (2)
0.0 4.09 0.5) 4 0 1 ( 2
0.71 (18)
3.54 (90)
0 100.015
US
3.26770 0.0014
0 3.26770.0014
0 (830.035 )
0 (83 0.035 )
0.02 4.09 .5) 0 ( 104
0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
2230
Motor/Gearhead
0.18750.0012
0 4.7630.03

Gearhead: 5GUKA Weight: 3.3 lb. (1.5 kg)
0
d A082U US590-501U, US590-502E (Pinion Shaft Type) Motor: USM590-501W, USM590-502W Weight: 7.9 lb. (3.6 kg) d A083U
Cable 0.44 (11.2), 10 inch (250 mm) Length 1.65 (42) Housing 14803450 (AMP)
1.1250.008 (28.580.2)
0.18750.0012
0 4.7630.03
0.1875
(
0.62500 0.0005 5/8"
0 (15.8750.011 )
0.0016 0 0.040 4.763 0
0.73 (18.5)
1.30 (33)
0.71(18)
1.125 (28.58) 3.54 (90)
1.34 (34)
9 4.0 40.5) 0 (1
0.02
Model US560 Type US590 Type
L inch (mm) 5.91 (150) 6.50 (165)
0.004 0.108 0 0.1 2.743 0
Gearhead: 5GUKA Weight: 3.3 lb. (1.5 kg)
DXF A082U A083U
0.30 (7.5) L 2.56 (65)
0.28 (7) 1.50 (38)
0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
3.54 (90)
Dimensions B-123
B-125
0.43 (11)
3.26770 0.0014
3.2677 0 0.0014
0 (830.035 )
0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
0 (83 0.035 )
0.71 (18)
3.54 (90)
1.57 (40)
1.93 (49)
9 0 4.0 0.5) 4 1 ( 0
M6 P14Places
.02
0.335 (8.5)4 Holes
B-126
0.188 0 0.0020 0 (4.763 0.051)
Features B-116
0.106 (2.69)
Round Shaft Type
US560-001U, US560-002E Motor: USM560-001W, USM560-002W Weight: 6.2 lb. (2.8 kg) d A358 US590-001U, US590-002E Motor: USM590-001W, USM590-002W Weight: 7.9 lb. (3.6 kg) d A359
1.46 (37) 0.08 (2) 1.18 (30) 0.4724 0 0.0007 3.54 (90)
Decimal Gearhead
Can be connected to US560GU and US590GU pinion shaft type 5GU10XKB (For 5GUKA), 5GU10XK (For 5GUKHA) Weight: 1.32 lb. (0.6 kg) d A029
(120 0.018)
0.0 4.09 0.5) 4 0 1 ( 2
2.40 (61) 1.57 (40) 0.08 (2)
0.83 (21)
3.54 (90)
4.09 ) 0.5 ( 104
0.02
1.30 (33)
5GU10XKB: 0.425 (10.8) 4 Holes 5GU10XK: 0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
High-Power Gearheads
5GUKHA Weight: 4.2 lb. (1.9 kg) d A038U
0.39 (10)
3.35 (85) 0.47 (12)
1.65 (42) 0.28 (7) 1.125 (28.58)
0.7500 0 0.0008
0 19.050.021
1.93 (49)

(The key is provided with the gearhead) 1.125 (28.58) 0.188 0 0.0020 (4.763 0.051)
0
0.0020 0.188 0
(4.763
0.051
0
v Control Unit
For use with US206, US315, US425 and US540 types USP206-1U/USP206-2E USP315-1U/USP315-2E USP425-1U/USP425-2E USP540-1U/USP540-2E Weight: 0.99 lb. (0.45 kg) d A817
2.050.04 (521)
3.54 max. (90) 2.99 (76) 0.08 (2)
0.45 (11.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.66 (16.8) 0.12 (3)
2.36 (60)
Introduction
3.150.04 (801)
3.94 (100)
1.02 (26) 0.59 0.59 (15) (15)
3.54 0.02 (90 0.5)
Protective Earth Lead 6.6 feet (2 m) UL Style 1007, AWG 22 Power Cord 6.6 feet (2 m) Cable 0.29 (7.3 ), 20 inch (500 mm) Length W/Connector Housing: 1-480270-0 (AMP)
0.18 (4.5) 2 Holes
AXU AXH BHF
For use with US560 and US590 types USP560-1U/USP560-2E USP590-1U/USP590-2E Weight: 1.1 lb. (0.5 kg) d A818
2.050.04 (521)
3.54 max. (90) 2.99 (76) 0.08 (2)
AC Motor Systems
ES
0.45 (11.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.66 (16.8)
2.36 (60)
US
0.12 (3)
3.94 (100) 1.02 (26) 0.59 0.59 (15) (15)
3.54 0.02 (90 0.5)
3.150.04 (801)
Protective Earth Lead 6.6 feet (2 m) UL Style 1007, AWG 22 Capacitor Leads 14 (350)
0.18 (4.5) 2 Holes
Cable 0.44 (11.2 ), 20 inch (500 mm) Length W/Connector Housing: 1-480270-0 (AMP) Power Cord 6.6 feet (2 m)
v Panel Cut-Out for Control Unit

Installation Method by Cutting a Hole
0.18 ( 4.5 ) Holes 2 Places 3.54 0.008 (90 0.2 ) (81 1 0) 2.09 0 (53 1 0)
0.04
3.19
0.04 0
Dimensions B-123
B-127
0.28 (7) B B+0.59 (15) 0.39 (10)
0.16 (4) C
B-128
Capacitor (included with the motors)

A
Capacitor Dimensions Unit = inch (mm)

Package Model US560-01U US560-02E
0.24 (6)
Capacitor Model CH180CFAUL CH40BFAUL CH200CFAUL CH60BFAUL
A 2.28 (58) 2.28 (58) 2.28 (58) 2.28 (58)
B 0.93 (23.5) 0.93 (23.5) 1.14 (29) 1.14 (29)
C 1.46 (37) 1.46 (37) 1.61 (41) 1.61 (41)
Weight oz (g) 2.5 (70) 2.5 (70) 3.4 (95) 3.0 (85)
0.169 (4.3)
AMP#187
0.79 (20)
US590-01U US590-02E
R0.
39
(10
)

POWER LED Speed Potentiometer
RUN/STAND-BY Switch
Connection Diagrams
Uni-directional Rotation:
US206, US315, US425, US540 types
US560, US590 types
Uni-directional Rotation:
Motor Speed Indicator (optional) SDM496 Pin No. Motor Speed Indicator (optional) SDM496 Pin No. Control Unit Rear Panel
SPEED OUT
2 10 1 11
Control Unit Rear Panel
2 10 1 11 9
Power Supply
Power Supply
SPEED OUT
L N (CW) N (CCW) FG
White Black
Frame Ground Single-Phase 110/115 VAC 60 Hz Single-Phase 220 VAC 50/60 Hz Single-Phase 230 VAC 50/60 Hz Frame Ground (Ground Lead: Green)
L N (CW) N (COM) N (CCW) FG
White Black
Frame Ground Single-Phase 110/115 VAC 60 Hz Single-Phase 220 VAC 50/60 Hz Single-Phase 230 VAC 50/60 Hz Capacitor Frame Ground (Ground Lead: Green)
In the diagrams above, the motor shaft rotates in the clockwise direction. When changed to the dotted line [N (CCW)] position, the motor shaft rotates in the counterclockwise direction.
Bi-directional Rotation:
SW1 L N (CW) N (CCW) CW SW2 CCW Single-Phase 110/115 VAC 60 Hz Single-Phase 220 VAC 50/60 Hz Single-Phase 230 VAC 50/60 Hz
Bi-directional Rotation:
SW1 L N (CW) N (COM) N (CCW) CW CCW SW2 Single-Phase 110/115 VAC 60 Hz Single-Phase 220 VAC 60 Hz Single-Phase 230 VAC 50/60 Hz
Switch Specifications: 250 VAC, Inductive Load, 5 A min.
Switch Specifications: 250 VAC, Inductive Load, 5 A min.

If an extension between the motor and control unit is required, an extension cable can be used (sold separately). Using the longest cord, the distance can be extended up to 15.7 feet (4.75 m).Page B-130
Features B-116
Inner Connection Diagram for 4-Terminal Capacitor

Terminals of the capacitor are connected as shown in the figure. For lead wire connection, use one lead wire per terminal.
Operation Method
There is a difference in operation method between the US206, US315, US425, US540 types and the US560, US590 types.
Changing the Direction of Rotation US206, US315, US425 and US540 types
(Capacitor is included in the control unit.) Uni-directional Rotation When the direction of motor rotation needs to be reversed for reasons relating to transmission mechanisms such as gearheads, change the terminal used for attaching the power cord, located at the back of control unit, from terminal N (CW) to terminal N (CCW). The power cord connections are located at terminals L and N (CW) when shipped. See the diagram on the previous page. (This should always be done with the power OFF.) Bi-directional Rotation Install an additional power switch (SW1) and CW/CCW switch (SW2) as shown on previous page, and use these switches to change the direction of rotation. (Motor cannot be reversed instantaneously. Turn SW1 off and wait until the motor has come to a complete stop before switching SW2.) See the diagram on the previous page.
Introduction BX
US206, US315, US425 and US540 types

Connect the motor lead wire connectors to the control unit. Then connect the power cord to the power supply. When the RUN/STAND-BY switch of the control unit is switched to RUN, the motor rotates in the clockwise (CW) direction as seen from the motor shaft. (Control units are set for clockwise rotation at shipment. The direction of rotation for the gearhead output shaft may be the reverse of the direction of the motor shaft depending on the gear ratio.)
FBL2 AXU AXH BHF
US560 and US590 types

Connect the control unit and the motor, and attach the capacitor wire leading from the control unit to the capacitor. Next, plug in the power supply cord into an AC power supply. When the RUN/STAND-BY switch located on the control unit is switched to RUN, the motor will rotate in the direction set by the connection of the capacitor. (Control units are set for clockwise rotation at shipment. The direction of rotation for the gearhead output shaft may be the reverse of the direction of the motor shaft depending on the gear ratio.)
AC Motor Systems
ES
US560 and US590 types

(Connection of the included capacitor is necessary.) Uni-directional Rotation When the direction of motor rotation needs to be reversed, change the terminal used for attaching the power cord, located at the back of control unit, from terminals N (CW)-N (COM) to terminals N (COM)-N (CCW). The power cord connections are located at terminals N (CW)-N (COM) when shipped. See the diagram on the previous page. (This should always be done with the power OFF.) Bi-directional Rotation Install an additional power switch (SW1) and CW/CCW switch (SW2) as shown on the previous page, and use these switches to change the direction of rotation. (Motor cannot be reversed instantaneously. Turn SW1 off and wait until the motor has come to a complete stop before switching SW2.) See the diagram on the previous page.
Changing Speed
When the potentiometer located on the front of the control unit is turned in a clockwise direction, motor speed increases; when turned in the counter clockwise direction, motor speed decreases. Motor speed can be set and adjusted over a range of 90 r/min-1600 r/min.
Stopping
When the RUN/STAND-BY switch on the control unit is set to STAND-BY, the motor stops. This switch is not a power ON/OFF switch. If the motor is to be stopped for a long time, a separate power ON/OFF switch should be installed.
Dimensions B-123
B-129
B-130
List of Motor and Control Unit Combinations

Model numbers for motor and control unit combinations are shown below.

Output Power HP W 1/125 1/50 1/30 1/19 1/12 1/8 6 15 25 40 60 90 Package Model
US206-401U US206-001U US315-401U US315-001U US425-401U US425-001U US540-401U US540-001U US560-501U US560-001U US590-501U US590-001U

Control Unit Model
USP206-1U USP315-1U USP425-1U USP540-1U USP560-1U USP590-1U
Motor Model
USM206-401W USM206-001W USM315-401W USM315-001W USM425-401W USM425-001W USM540-401W USM540-001W USM560-501W USM560-001W USM590-501W USM590-001W
Output Power HP W 1/125 1/50 1/30 1/19 1/12 1/8 6 15 25 40 60 90
Package Model
US206-402E US206-002E US315-402E US315-002E US425-402E US425-002E US540-402E US540-002E US560-502E US560-002E US590-502E US590-002E
Motor Model
USM206-402W USM206-002W USM315-402W USM315-002W USM425-402W USM425-002W USM540-402W USM540-002W USM560-502W USM560-002W USM590-502W USM590-002W
Control Unit Model

USP206-2E USP315-2E USP425-2E USP540-2E USP560-2E USP590-2E
Extension Cable (Sold separately)

When installing the motor and control unit in different locations, an extension cable can be used (sold separately). This enables remote operation at a distance of up to 15.7 feet. (4.75 m).
Applicable Products:
Model
CC01SS052 CC02SS052 CC03SS052 CC04SS052
US206, US315, US425, US540 Length: L ft. (m)

3.3 (1) 6.6 (2) 9.8 (3) 13.1 (4)
Motor Side Housing 1-480270-0 (AMP) Control Unit Side Housing 1-480340-0 (AMP) L
Applicable Products:
US560, US590 Model
CC01SS2 CC02SS2 CC03SS2 CC04SS2
Length: L ft. (m)

3.3 (1) 6.6 (2) 9.8 (3) 13.1 (4)
Housing 1-480283-0(AMP) Motor Side
Control Unit Side Housing 1-480345-0(AMP)

Introduction BX FBL2 AXH US AXU BHF ES
B-131
Brushless DC Motor Systems AC Input DC Input Before Using a Speed Control System
AC Motor Systems
Connecting Gearheads to Motors

For connecting gearheads to motors, see page A-220.
Mounting Motor/Gearhead to Machinery

Following is an example of how to install a motor and gearhead in machinery. v For AXU Series, ES01/ES02 (Speed Control Motor World K Series) and US Series Refer to page A-220 (GN Type and 5GUKA Type) For mounting brackets (accessory), refer to page A-204.
B-132

Installation Conditions
Install the motor, gearhead and control circuit (driver, speed control pack, control unit) in a location that meets the following conditions. Use in a location that does not satisfy these conditions could damage the products. Indoors (this product is designed and manufactured to be installed within another device.) Ambient temperature 14F104F (10C40C) (nonfreezing), [for some motors, 14F122F (10C50C) or 32F122F (0C50C)] For the control circuit, the ambient temperature range varies with each product. Refer to the pages where each product is listed. Ambient humidity 85% max. (noncondensing) Not exposed to explosive, flammable or corrosive gas Not exposed to direct sunlight Not exposed to dust Not exposed to water or oil Place where heat can escape easily Not exposed to continuous vibration or excessive impact Installation Category2, Pollution Degree 2, Class1 Equipment
Only for the products that are certified by EN/IEC standards and conform to EN/IEC standards. Installation Category3, Pollution Degree 3 for some products
v For BX Series, FBL2 Series, AXH Series, ES01/ES02 (Speed Control Motor V Series) and BHF Series
The BX Series, FBL2 Series, AXH Series and BHF Series are combination types in which the motor and gearhead are pre-assembled. Use the mounting screws provided to mount to the device.
Motor
Mounting Screw
Dimensions of Mounting Holes

The dimension of the four motor mounting holes is shown as pitch diameter in the dimensions of each product. The distance between the mounting holes is shown in the table below.
B
A C
Motor Frame Size inch (mm) 1.65 (42) 2.36 (60) 2.76 (70) 3.15 (80) 3.54 (90) 4.09 (104)
A inch 1.89 2.76 3.23 3.70 4.09 4.72 (mm) (48) (70) (82) (94) (104) (120) inch 1.336 1.949 2.283 2.617 2.895 3.341
B (mm) inch
C (mm) (37.6) (54) (64) (73) (83) (94) (33.94) 1.4803 (49.50) 2.1260 (57.98) 2.5197 (66.47) 2.8740 (73.54) 3.2677 (84.85) 3.7008
Mounting Method for Attaching the Load

Page A-221
v BX Series
Dimensions of Included Screws v BX Series, FBL2 Series, AXH Series and BHF Series
The screw shown below is included with the motor.
Mounting Holes for Mounting Bracket (M34 Places)
Introduction
Mounting Bracket (2 Pieces)

Motor Gearhead
Countersink Screws for Mounting Bracket M34 (Included)
Note: The mounting holes on the back of a driver must only be used for installation. Use the mounting screws included when installing the mounting bracket. To improve ventilation, mount the driver in an upright position as shown in the figures above.
L1
FBL2 AXU
Mounting DIN Rail Mounting Plate

DIN Rail Mounting Plate
Combination Type Model
Gear Ratio 520 200 520
Screws (included) Gearhead (4 washers and hexagonal nuts are included) L1 inch (mm) r [inch (mm)] Size 1.65 (42) 2.01 (51) 1.97 (50) 2.17 (55) 2.36 (60) 2.56 (65) 2.76 (70) 2.95 (75) 2.95 (75) 3.54 (90) 3.74 (95) 3.94 (100) 2.95 (75) 3.54 (90) 3.74 (95) 3.94 (100) M8 P1.25 M8 P1.25 M8 P1.25 M8 P1.25 M6 P1.0 M4 P0.7
AXH
BX230 AXH230 BX460 AXH450 BX5120 AXH5100 BX6200 BX6400 FBL575 FBL5120 BHF62T- BHF62MT-
30100 1.81 (46) 1.93 (49) 30100 2.13 (54) 200 520 200 5200 520 200 2.32 (59) 2.17 (55) 2.91 (74) 3.23 (82) 2.17 (55) 2.91 (74) 3.27 (83)
Mounting Holes for DIN Rail Mounting Plate (M33 Places) Mounting Screws M33 (Included)
30100 2.68 (68)
Note: The mounting holes (M33 places) on the back of a driver must only be used for installing a DIN Rail Mounting Plate. Use the mounting screws included when installing the DIN Rail Mounting Plate.
v FBL2 Series
Base Mounting
Back Mounting
30100 2.68 (68)
Control Circuit Installation
Attaching the Control Circuit to a Machine

When installing the driver, speed control pack, control unit, and other control circuits in the device, use the mounting brackets and screws provided. (DIN rail mounting plates are also available as an accessory. Refer to Page A-217 for details.)
Note: When attaching the driver in an enclosed space such as a control box or somewhere close to a heat-radiating object, vent holes should be used to prevent the driver from overheating. If the ambient temperature listed in the installation conditions for the control circuit is exceeded, use forced air cooling with a fan.
Countersink M34 (Included)
To improve ventilation, mount the driver in an upright position as shown in the figures above.

DIN Rail Mounting Plate Mounting Holes for DIN Rail Mounting Plate (M33 Places) Mounting Screws M33 (Included)
Note: The mounting holes (M33) on the back of a driver must only be used for installing a DIN Rail Mounting Plate. Use the mounting screws included when installing the DIN Rail Mounting Plate.
B-133
B-134
v AXU Series and US Series

Secure the control unit, using the mounting holes, so that there are no gaps between the metal plate and the control unit.
v AXH Series
To attach the driver to other devices, obtain M3 mounting screws.
Using Mounting Holes on Circuit Board
Mounting Screw 2M3
Using Mounting Holes at the Back
2M4 screws must be provided
Mounting Screw 2M3
Method for Mounting Two or More Drivers

Secure with screw and nuts
v BHF Series
For attaching to devices, obtain M4 mounting screws.
When mounting two or more drivers, separate them by a space of at least 0.79 in. (20mm) due to the ambient temperature rises due to the temperature rise of the control circuit itself. Also, leave at least 0.98 in. (25mm) of space between the driver and other devices or structures.
0.7 (20 9 in. mm min min . .)
Mounting Holes for Mounting Bracket (M34 Places) Countersunk Screws M34 (Included) M4 (Not Included)
0.7 (20 9 in. mm min min . .)

DIN Rail Mounting Plate
Mounting Holes for DIN Rail Mounting Plate (M33 Places) Mounting Screw M33 (Included)
v AXU Series
When you want to mount the control unit inside a housing, mount it so that one of two control unit heat radiation vents faces downward.
Note: The mounting holes (M35 places) on the back of a speed control pack must be used only for installing a mounting bracket and DIN Rail Mounting Plate. Use the mounting screws included when installing the mounting bracket to a speed control pack. To improve ventilation, mount the driver in an upright position as shown in the figure above.
Radiation Vent A heat radiation Vent is also located on the bottom.
Mount the control unit 0.98 in. (25mm) or more away from the housing and other equipment inside the housing in the horizontal direction, and 1.97 in. (50mm) or more away in the vertical direction.
v AXH Series
Mount the driver 0.79 in. (20mm) or more away from the housing and other equipment inside the housing in the horizontal direction, and 1.97 in. (50mm) or more away in the vertical direction. When installed in a device, the ambient temperature depends on the situation. Do not exceed the ambient temperature mentioned in the installation conditions.
How to Use a Gearhead

Page A-227
Handling the Motor

Handling
It is ideal to carry the product in its original package. When handling a motor during test or installation, hold the body of the motor so that the output shaft points upward. Also, when the product is removed from the package for installation and placed on a shelf, it is safer to place the motor upright with the shaft pointing upwards so that it cannot strike other motors. The lead wires are insulated and securely fixed to the stator and the case mechanically. They can, therefore, withstand a certain degree of tension applied to them. However, lifting the product by the lead wires may cause them to break, or may damage the insulation or result in some other potentially hazardous situation. Be sure to hold the body.
Introduction
Ambient Temperature and Temperature Rise in Motor

The ambient temperature and the rise of the motor temperature are limiting parameters for the suitability of a motor in a given application.
BX Brushless DC Motor Systems AC Input DC Input FBL2 AXU
Ambient Temperature
Use motors at ambient temperatures between 14F (10C) and 104F (40C) [14F122F (10C50C) or 32F122F (0C50C) for some motors]. When used at temperatures outside of this range, an additional rise in temperature caused by motor operation may lead to deterioration of the motor wiring insulation or may drastically shorten the operating life of the ball bearings. Also, low ambient temperatures result in problems, primarily with starting characteristics. The friction torque of the motor increases with the decrease in viscosity of gearhead and ball bearing lubricants resulting in a slower ramp up of the motor or failure of the motor to start.
AXH
Storage
Temperature and humidity are important considerations if the motor is to be stored for an extended period of time between the purchase and assembly. Storage in places where there are large temperature and humidity variations will reduce the stators insulation performance. Moreover, leaving the motor for extended periods in places with high temperature and humidity is likely to lead to grease deterioration and corrosion inside the ball bearing. When storing for long periods, it is therefore recommended to coat the output shaft with an anti-corrosion agent, seal the motor in a polyethylene bag and store in a place with normal temperature and humidity.
BHF AC Motor Systems ES US Before Using a Speed Control System
Temperature Rise in Motor

When a motor is operating, all energy losses of the motor (losses from copper or iron etc.) are transformed into heat, causing the motor temperature to rise. The point of the highest motor temperature rise is the windings. For this reason, the maximum permissible temperature of the windings is stated in the EN/IEC, UL, CSA standards for the given type of insulation materials. Oriental Motor motors employ Class A insulation, whose maximum permissible temperature of the windings is 221F (105C). In actually using a motor, keep the temperature of the motor case below 194F (90C), considering the difference in temperature between the motor case and windings.
In addition to Class A insulation, some of the motors have Class B insulation 266F (130C).
Although the motor case may become very hot while the motor is in operation, in some cases as high as 194F (90C), this does not indicate a malfunction. Take precautions against heat before touching the motor, and avoid accidents by keeping flammable materials away from the motor.
B-135

50VEXTA

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

50VEXTA

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Speed Control Systems

Speed Control Systems

Speed Control Systems

BX Brushless DC Motor Systems DC Input AC Input FBL2 AXU AXH

BHF AC Motor Systems

ES01/ES02 ............................................ B-86

US Series ............................................. B-116

US Before Using a Speed Control System

Before Using a Speed Control System ...................... ................................................................ B-131

ORIENTAL MOTOR GENERAL CATALOG 2003/2004

150 120 Input [W] 90 60

ORIENTAL MOTOR GENERAL CATALOG 2003/2004

Speed Control Systems

Features of Speed Control Systems

Brushless DC Motor Systems

Flat Torque Characteristics

Loss reduced by 50% Power consumption reduced by 30%

Continuous Duty Region

AC Motors Controlled by an Inverter

Small, High Power and Compact

Wide Variable Speed Range

AC Motors Controlled by an Inverter

Speed Control Systems

Brushless DC Motor Systems AC Input DC Input

ES US Before Using a Speed Control System

ORIENTAL MOTOR GENERAL CATALOG 2003/2004

Speed Control Systems

Product Line of Speed Control Systems

Brushless DC Motor Systems

DC Input AXH Series

Speed Control Systems

Introduction BX Brushless DC Motor Systems AC Input DC Input

Speed Controller ES01/ES02 Page B-86

Before Using a Speed Control System

ORIENTAL MOTOR GENERAL CATALOG 2003/2004

Speed Control Systems

Speed Control Systems Selection Guide

Selection by Speed Control Range

Page BX Series B-10 B-34 B-46 B-58 B-70 B-86 B-116

Speed Control Range

303000 r/min (33000 r/min) 3003000 r/min 1002000 r/min

FBL@ Series AXU Series

DC Power Input AC Power Input

AXH Series BHF Series ES01/ES02 US Series

Selection by Speed Setting

Speed Control System Function Comparison

Slow Start/ Instantaneous Electronic Input Stop Slow Down Control 3

Multiple Speed Operation 8-speed1 2-speed2

Digital Safety Speed Indicator Standards 1 OP OP

B-10 B-34 B-46 B-58 B-70 B-86 B-116

DC AXH Series Power Input (24 VDC) BHF Series

2-speed2 2-speed2 2-speed2

Speed Control Systems

How to Read Specifications and SpeedTorque Characteristics

Brushless DC Motor Systems How to Read Specifications

AXU210A-GN AXU210C-GN AXU210S-GN AXU425A-GN AXU425C-GN AXU425S-GN AXU210A-A AXU210C-A

Rated Output Power

BX Brushless DC Motor Systems AC Input DC Input

0.4 0.6 7.1 (0.05) 8.5 (0.06) 2.7 (0.5)

0.65 0.9 17.7 (0.125) 21 (0.15) 9.8 (1.8)

ES US Before Using a Speed Control System

Permissible Overhung Load and Permissible Thrust Load for Motors

How to Read SpeedTorque Characteristics